
What To Expect At Our Football Trials
Find A Football Trial
Next Football Trial Events
28 Jul 2025
Brand New Stadium Football Trial @ Bury F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - AM - Ages 8-10. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD – Ages 8–10
A Unique Opportunity for Young Footballers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This is your child’s chance to impress 10–15 professional and semi-professional football scouts — from Premier League to non-league clubs — in a high-quality, two-hour football trial.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
We’re passionate about helping young players get seen, improve, and enjoy the experience — no matter the outcome.
At our trials, there’s no pressure — only opportunity. The clubs attending genuinely want to find talented young players, and our entire team is dedicated to helping each participant give their best on the day.
What to Expect on the Day in the 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 Hour 15 Minutes – High-Intensity, Pro-Style Training
Players will begin with 75 minutes of engaging, high-energy drills delivered by top-level UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. This session mirrors a typical professional club academy training environment, giving scouts a chance to assess players in a realistic context.
TIPS! Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Listening skills and ability to follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and enthusiasm
- Overall technical and physical ability
This is not a coaching session — it’s a professional assessment, designed to maximise touches of the ball and reduce stoppages so every player can be properly evaluated by the club scouts and coaches.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Games
Next, players take part in small-sided matches, where they’ll have even more touches of the ball and greater opportunity to influence the game.
TOP TIPS! Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Movement on and off the ball, hard work and fitness.
- Use of tight spaces and awareness of space.
- Decision-making and vision / scanning.
- Match effectiveness and impact, including communication.
Players of different heights and physical development may be present, but all scouts have access to each player’s date of birth, and understand that physical size is not everything. Technical ability, intelligence, attitude, and potential are just as important.
Top Tip: Be confident, communicate, and encourage your teammates. Leadership and positivity make a big impression.
15 Minutes – Expert Debrief & Talk
The session ends with a 15-minute debrief where your coach will provide general feedback and discuss what it takes to become a professional footballer — including real stories of players in your age group who have made it and what made them successful.
Individual Feedback – Pro Club Graded Assessment
Every player receives an individual graded feedback A5 card, on 9 key areas of their game, filled in by your coach. This feedback helps players to see strengths and areas for improvement, and has helped thousands of young players track their development and reach higher levels of football since 2012. Remember – this is just based on what they see at the trial, so whilst we want to make it as accurate as possible – you know your game best, but new opinions can and do help you improve and validate areas you excel in. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
One week after the final trial of that week, by Friday at 8pm, all players will receive an email with:
- A formal outcome from the trial
- The follow-up process if you have been scouted
- BRAND NEW! Access to an exclusive website to help you develop, learn and improve – “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If your child is scouted, you will be introduced via email to the relevant club scout by our operations team to explore next steps. If not, the day still offers valuable experience, professional insight, and guidance for future progress.
BONUS: "Improve My Football" Video Series – £29.99
To help players prepare for trials and continue their development at home, we’ve created a powerful 10-hour online video training series: "Improve My Football". This is available on our website and can be purchased on its own or added during trial booking.
The series covers:
- What scouts look for in each position
- How to prepare mentally and physically
- Technical drills and football skills to practise at home
It’s compatible with all devices and designed for serious young players looking to improve.
We Look Forward to Seeing You
We’re excited to welcome you to a UK Football Trial! If you have any questions, please feel free to email or call us. (Please note: You must be 18 or older to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help your child enjoy the experience, learn from it, and maybe even take the next step towards a professional football career.
28 Jul 2025
Brand New Stadium Football Trial @ Bury F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - AM - Ages 11-13. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 11–13
A Real Opportunity to Be Seen by Scouts from Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is your chance to showcase your talent in front of 10–15 professional football scouts — including those from Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs — in a high-quality, 2-hour football trial designed for players aged 11–13.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re already playing at a high level or looking to take the next step, this event gives you a genuine opportunity to get seen by scouts, test yourself in a professional football environment, and learn from the experience — all without pressure.
What to Expect on the Day – 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 hour 15 Minutes – Pro-Level Training Drills
Your trial starts with 75 minutes of fast-paced, high-energy football drills led by our UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. These sessions mirror real professional academy environments — and scouts will be watching closely.
Scouts and coaches will be assessing:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Your communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and focus
- Your technical ability and athletic performance
This session is a live assessment, not a coaching session. You’ll get plenty of ball touches, limited stoppages, and a structured format that allows every player to be properly evaluated in a short time.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After the drills, you’ll play in small-sided games — the ideal setting for scouts to observe your game impact, awareness, and decision-making.
TOP TIPS – Scouts will be watching for:
- Movement on and off the ball, work rate, and stamina
- Ability to find and use space in tight areas
- Scanning, passing, and decision-making
- Communication, teamwork, and overall influence on the game
Don’t worry if there are bigger or older players — scouts always have your date of birth and assess players relative to age and potential, not just size or strength. Smaller, technically gifted players often shine just as brightly.
Key Advice: Show confidence, talk positively, and encourage others. Scouts love players who lead and stay upbeat from start to finish.
15 Minutes – Final Debrief and Pro Insight Talk
The session ends with an informative and inspiring talk from your coach and our UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear:
- General feedback about the session
- What it takes to become a professional footballer
- Real-life success stories from players aged 11–13 who’ve made it
This part is designed to help you understand the mindset and habits needed to keep progressing, whatever stage you’re at.
Individual Feedback – Graded Pro Club Assessment
Each player receives a graded A5 feedback card assessing 9 key areas of your game, completed by your coach on the day. This helps you:
- Identify your current level
- Understand your strengths
- Pinpoint areas to improve
This feedback has helped thousands of young players improve since 2012 — whether aiming for pro academies or simply wanting to develop and grow.
Remember: It’s based on what we see on the day — so while it’s valuable, your long-term development matters most. Use it to validate your progress and build on your game. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts, and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, which includes:
- Your official outcome from the event
- Next steps if you’ve been scouted
- Access to our exclusive new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If you're scouted, we’ll introduce you directly to the relevant scout via email and guide you through what comes next. If not, you’ll still gain valuable insights, personal feedback, and a clear plan for what to work on.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare like a pro and gain an edge before or after the trial? Our “Improve My Football” video training series offers 10+ hours of elite coaching content, designed to help you perform your best.
Includes:
- What scouts look for in each position
- Position-specific drills to practise at home
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
- Technical and tactical insights to raise your level
Available for just £29.99, this can be added at checkout or purchased separately via the “Success & Other” section of our website. Works on all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial! If you have any questions, feel free to call or email us. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help you enjoy the day, learn from the experience — and maybe take the next step toward your dream of becoming a professional footballer.
28 Jul 2025
Brand New Stadium Football Trial @ Bury F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
28 Jul 2025
Brand New Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Bury F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - AM - Ages 8-10. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 8–10
A Unique Goalkeeper Trial Experience with Pro Club Scouts Watching
This is your child’s opportunity to train and be assessed by a specialist goalkeeper coach, before joining in match play in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional club scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than anyone else globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
We create an environment that’s welcoming and encouraging, with no pressure — only opportunity. Our aim is to help each young goalkeeper learn, improve, and be seen, while enjoying the experience every step of the way.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
Your trial begins in a small-group goalkeeper session run by a dedicated specialist GK coach — often someone with academy or pro-level experience. This session allows your child to show key areas of their game in a calm, structured, and focused environment.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot stopping – footwork, positioning, handling
- Distribution – throwing and kicking techniques, decision-making
- Communication – is the keeper talking clearly and confidently?
- Confidence and presence – do they command their area?
- Attitude and enthusiasm – energy, listening, effort
This is an assessment session, not a coaching class — so while your child will learn a lot, the main goal is for them to show what they can do under the eyes of professionals.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After training, goalkeepers join the outfield players in small-sided games, giving them a real match setting to show their skills.
Key areas scouts will focus on during the games:
- Communication – giving clear instructions to defenders
- Confidence under pressure – claiming crosses, being brave
- Awareness – reading the game and anticipating danger
- Distribution – starting attacks with good decisions
- Leadership – encouraging teammates and staying vocal
Even though it’s only 30 minutes, this part of the trial is extremely important — it’s where keepers can stand out by taking charge, reacting quickly, and making smart decisions in real-time situations.
15 Minutes – Feedback & Inspiration Talk
At the end of the trial, your child’s coach will deliver a short debrief and a motivational talk about what it takes to become a professional goalkeeper. They'll hear stories of young goalkeepers who have been signed through UK Football Trials, including:
- How they trained
- What made them stand out
- How they developed on and off the pitch
We aim to inspire young players to love the game and understand what they can do to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Goalkeeper Assessment Card
Every goalkeeper receives a graded A5 assessment card on the day, with scores across 10 core goalkeeping areas. This includes handling, distribution, communication, positioning, and more.
The assessment helps your child:
- Understand where they’re currently at
- Celebrate their strengths
- Learn what to work on moving forward
It’s a valuable snapshot of their game — and often helps build motivation and confidence.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
One week after the final trial of the week, you’ll receive an email by Friday at 8pm with:
- The official outcome of the trial
- A personal introduction to any scout who is interested
- Access to our brand-new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not your child is scouted, this trial is a chance to build confidence, gain professional feedback, and take important next steps in their development.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome your young goalkeeper to a UK Football Trial! If you have any questions, feel free to email or call our team. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact us directly.)
Let’s work together to help your child enjoy the experience, show their ability, and take an exciting step toward their football dreams.
28 Jul 2025
Brand New Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Bury F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - AM - Ages 11-13. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 11–13
A Real Chance for Young Goalkeepers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This event gives goalkeepers aged 11–13 the opportunity to work with a specialist goalkeeper coach, be assessed in a professional environment, and perform in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs.
As the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, UK Football Trials, in the last year alone, have had over 700 players scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
This trial is designed to help you show your skills, learn from the experience, and take an important step in your football journey.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Small Group Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
You’ll start the trial in a small group, working with a dedicated goalkeeper coach who has experience training players at academy or professional levels. This part of the session is all about showcasing the key areas of your game.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot-stopping – reactions, positioning, footwork
- Distribution – both short and long range, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – especially under pressure
- Confidence and presence – are you calm, brave, and alert?
- Communication – do you organise your defence clearly and at the right times?
This is not a goalkeeping lesson — it’s a structured assessment, designed to let you show how you handle different goalkeeping scenarios in a controlled, professional setting.
30 Minutes – Match Involvement in Small-Sided Games
After your training session, you’ll join in with the outfield players from your age group for small-sided matches. This gives scouts a chance to see how you perform in live match situations.
Key areas goalkeepers are assessed on during match play:
- Communication – giving clear, confident instructions
- Decision-making – when to come out, when to hold
- Awareness – anticipating play, positioning early
- Distribution – starting counterattacks, calming play down
- Leadership – staying vocal, staying positive, and encouraging teammates
This part of the trial is where many goalkeepers are noticed — not just for making saves, but for how they manage the game, lead their team, and react under pressure.
15 Minutes – Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
The trial finishes with a short talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear about:
- What scouts are looking for in goalkeepers your age
- Real examples of 11–13-year-old keepers who have been signed through our events
- What makes a young goalkeeper stand out — including attitude, mindset, and off-the-ball behaviour
This talk is designed to leave you informed, inspired, and ready to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Graded Goalkeeper Assessment
On the day, you’ll receive a graded A5 feedback card, with scores across 10 key goalkeeping areas, including distribution, communication, handling, bravery, and more.
This helps you:
- Understand your current level
- See what you're doing well
- Identify areas to improve going forward
This type of professional feedback is rare at this age — and it’s helped many young goalkeepers take big steps forward.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player receives a follow-up email containing:
- Your official outcome
- A direct introduction to any scouts interested in you
- Access to our exclusive development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you aren’t scouted, the value of this day is in the insight, feedback, and new motivation you’ll gain.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your goalkeeper trial with UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact us — just remember, you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
Give your best, be vocal, show your confidence — and enjoy this unique opportunity to be seen by professional scouts.
28 Jul 2025
Brand New Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Bury F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Last Space Left - HURRY!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
28 Jul 2025
Brand New Stadium Football Trial @ Bury F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Only 9 Spaces Left - HURRY!

OUTFIELD - Ages 11–13
A Real Opportunity to Be Seen by Scouts from Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is your chance to showcase your talent in front of 10–15 professional football scouts — including those from Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs — in a high-quality, 2-hour football trial designed for players aged 11–13.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re already playing at a high level or looking to take the next step, this event gives you a genuine opportunity to get seen by scouts, test yourself in a professional football environment, and learn from the experience — all without pressure.
What to Expect on the Day – 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 hour 15 Minutes – Pro-Level Training Drills
Your trial starts with 75 minutes of fast-paced, high-energy football drills led by our UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. These sessions mirror real professional academy environments — and scouts will be watching closely.
Scouts and coaches will be assessing:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Your communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and focus
- Your technical ability and athletic performance
This session is a live assessment, not a coaching session. You’ll get plenty of ball touches, limited stoppages, and a structured format that allows every player to be properly evaluated in a short time.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After the drills, you’ll play in small-sided games — the ideal setting for scouts to observe your game impact, awareness, and decision-making.
TOP TIPS – Scouts will be watching for:
- Movement on and off the ball, work rate, and stamina
- Ability to find and use space in tight areas
- Scanning, passing, and decision-making
- Communication, teamwork, and overall influence on the game
Don’t worry if there are bigger or older players — scouts always have your date of birth and assess players relative to age and potential, not just size or strength. Smaller, technically gifted players often shine just as brightly.
Key Advice: Show confidence, talk positively, and encourage others. Scouts love players who lead and stay upbeat from start to finish.
15 Minutes – Final Debrief and Pro Insight Talk
The session ends with an informative and inspiring talk from your coach and our UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear:
- General feedback about the session
- What it takes to become a professional footballer
- Real-life success stories from players aged 11–13 who’ve made it
This part is designed to help you understand the mindset and habits needed to keep progressing, whatever stage you’re at.
Individual Feedback – Graded Pro Club Assessment
Each player receives a graded A5 feedback card assessing 9 key areas of your game, completed by your coach on the day. This helps you:
- Identify your current level
- Understand your strengths
- Pinpoint areas to improve
This feedback has helped thousands of young players improve since 2012 — whether aiming for pro academies or simply wanting to develop and grow.
Remember: It’s based on what we see on the day — so while it’s valuable, your long-term development matters most. Use it to validate your progress and build on your game. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts, and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, which includes:
- Your official outcome from the event
- Next steps if you’ve been scouted
- Access to our exclusive new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If you're scouted, we’ll introduce you directly to the relevant scout via email and guide you through what comes next. If not, you’ll still gain valuable insights, personal feedback, and a clear plan for what to work on.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare like a pro and gain an edge before or after the trial? Our “Improve My Football” video training series offers 10+ hours of elite coaching content, designed to help you perform your best.
Includes:
- What scouts look for in each position
- Position-specific drills to practise at home
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
- Technical and tactical insights to raise your level
Available for just £29.99, this can be added at checkout or purchased separately via the “Success & Other” section of our website. Works on all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial! If you have any questions, feel free to call or email us. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help you enjoy the day, learn from the experience — and maybe take the next step toward your dream of becoming a professional footballer.
28 Jul 2025
Brand New Stadium Football Trial @ Bury F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
28 Jul 2025
Brand New Stadium Football Trial @ Bury F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you
28 Jul 2025
Brand New Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Bury F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 11–13
A Real Chance for Young Goalkeepers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This event gives goalkeepers aged 11–13 the opportunity to work with a specialist goalkeeper coach, be assessed in a professional environment, and perform in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs.
As the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, UK Football Trials, in the last year alone, have had over 700 players scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
This trial is designed to help you show your skills, learn from the experience, and take an important step in your football journey.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Small Group Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
You’ll start the trial in a small group, working with a dedicated goalkeeper coach who has experience training players at academy or professional levels. This part of the session is all about showcasing the key areas of your game.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot-stopping – reactions, positioning, footwork
- Distribution – both short and long range, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – especially under pressure
- Confidence and presence – are you calm, brave, and alert?
- Communication – do you organise your defence clearly and at the right times?
This is not a goalkeeping lesson — it’s a structured assessment, designed to let you show how you handle different goalkeeping scenarios in a controlled, professional setting.
30 Minutes – Match Involvement in Small-Sided Games
After your training session, you’ll join in with the outfield players from your age group for small-sided matches. This gives scouts a chance to see how you perform in live match situations.
Key areas goalkeepers are assessed on during match play:
- Communication – giving clear, confident instructions
- Decision-making – when to come out, when to hold
- Awareness – anticipating play, positioning early
- Distribution – starting counterattacks, calming play down
- Leadership – staying vocal, staying positive, and encouraging teammates
This part of the trial is where many goalkeepers are noticed — not just for making saves, but for how they manage the game, lead their team, and react under pressure.
15 Minutes – Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
The trial finishes with a short talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear about:
- What scouts are looking for in goalkeepers your age
- Real examples of 11–13-year-old keepers who have been signed through our events
- What makes a young goalkeeper stand out — including attitude, mindset, and off-the-ball behaviour
This talk is designed to leave you informed, inspired, and ready to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Graded Goalkeeper Assessment
On the day, you’ll receive a graded A5 feedback card, with scores across 10 key goalkeeping areas, including distribution, communication, handling, bravery, and more.
This helps you:
- Understand your current level
- See what you're doing well
- Identify areas to improve going forward
This type of professional feedback is rare at this age — and it’s helped many young goalkeepers take big steps forward.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player receives a follow-up email containing:
- Your official outcome
- A direct introduction to any scouts interested in you
- Access to our exclusive development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you aren’t scouted, the value of this day is in the insight, feedback, and new motivation you’ll gain.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your goalkeeper trial with UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact us — just remember, you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
Give your best, be vocal, show your confidence — and enjoy this unique opportunity to be seen by professional scouts.
28 Jul 2025
Brand New Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Bury F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Only 2 Spaces Left - HURRY!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
28 Jul 2025
Brand New Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Bury F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. Last Space Left - HURRY!

Goalkeepers – Ages 17–24
A Career-Focused Goalkeeper Trial in Front of Professional Scouts
This 3-hour football trial is specifically designed for aspiring goalkeepers aged 17 to 24 who are serious about breaking into professional or semi-professional football, returning after a setback, or gaining vital exposure to top-level clubs.
You’ll train with a specialist goalkeeper coach, then join outfield players for live crossing and shooting drills, followed by full 11v11 match play — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful independent football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
This event is structured to reflect the demands of the modern game — fast-paced, high pressure, and built to test you.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Assessment Session
Your trial starts with an intense session run by a professional GK coach, usually someone with academy or elite-level experience. You’ll be tested in small groups to showcase your technical quality, decision-making, and physical presence.
Scouts and coaches will evaluate:
- Shot-stopping – angles, reactions, one-on-ones
- Distribution – kicking, throwing, and decision-making under pressure
- Handling and footwork – consistency and confidence
- Vocal communication – timing, clarity, leadership
- Composure and mindset – how you handle the spotlight
This is an assessment, not a training session — expect constant movement and intensity as you’re evaluated across the full spectrum of goalkeeper performance.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Phase
After the goalkeeper-specific drills, you’ll move into a busy, high-tempo session with your age group’s outfield players. You’ll face a large volume of shots, crosses, and attacking combinations — all under real pressure.
This is a key part of the trial, where many goalkeepers are noticed. Scouts are watching closely to see how you:
- Command the box under pressure
- Make key saves in tight spaces
- React to rebounds and aerial balls
- Communicate, recover, and stay engaged
- Stay mentally sharp across multiple sequences
If you're going to make a statement, this is the time to do it.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll then progress into the 11v11 match phase, where you’ll typically play around 30 minutes split across two halves.
Scouts will assess your:
- In-game leadership – talking to defenders, staying vocal
- Positioning and awareness – managing transitions and threats
- Distribution under pressure – starting play intelligently
- Shot-stopping and recovery speed
- Mental concentration – staying sharp with limited touches
- How you manage the full match context — including your role off the ball — is as important as your key saves.
Final Debrief & Pro-Level Insight
To finish, you’ll receive a motivational talk from your goalkeeper coach and a UK Football Trials director. Topics covered include:
- What professional and semi-pro clubs expect from goalkeepers
- Real examples of 17–24-year-old goalkeepers who have been signed
- What separates those who succeed — including mindset, training habits, and accountability
This is a no-nonsense summary of what it takes — from people who’ve worked with top-level clubs and players.
Your Games Are Filmed – For You to Analyse and Share
All 11-a-side matches for players aged 14–24 are recorded using VEO camera technology, and you will receive:
- A direct email link to your game
- Access to the footage on our official YouTube channel
- The option to download your match and use it for self-assessment or personal highlight reels
We strongly encourage subscribing to our channel to be notified when your footage goes live.
Self-Assessment: Watch, Reflect, Improve
As individual graded assessments are not provided at this age, your next step is to review your match footage critically:
- What did you do well technically, tactically, and mentally?
- Were you vocal? Did you make smart decisions?
- How did you recover from mistakes?
- Did you lead your back line effectively?
This self-analysis reflects the level of responsibility expected from serious players at your age.
Use Your Footage – Create a Highlight Reel
You’re welcome to use your match video to:
- Build a goalkeeper highlight reel
- Apply to clubs or semi-professional teams
- Support applications to football universities or private academies
Interested in continuing your football journey through education? Our sister company can provide free expert advice on the best football universities and private academy pathways in the UK and abroad.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after your trial, you’ll receive:
- Your official outcome email
- An email introduction to any scouts interested in following up
- Access to our exclusive learning hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
This platform provides advanced insight into the demands of the game — including how to improve and what next steps to take.
Final Thoughts
This is your opportunity to be seen — and take a serious step forward in your football journey.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note, you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
Train like a pro. Perform like a pro. Let’s help you get scouted.
28 Jul 2025
***Brand New North London*** Stadium Football Trial @ Potters Bar Town F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - AM - Ages 8-10. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD – Ages 8–10
A Unique Opportunity for Young Footballers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This is your child’s chance to impress 10–15 professional and semi-professional football scouts — from Premier League to non-league clubs — in a high-quality, two-hour football trial.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
We’re passionate about helping young players get seen, improve, and enjoy the experience — no matter the outcome.
At our trials, there’s no pressure — only opportunity. The clubs attending genuinely want to find talented young players, and our entire team is dedicated to helping each participant give their best on the day.
What to Expect on the Day in the 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 Hour 15 Minutes – High-Intensity, Pro-Style Training
Players will begin with 75 minutes of engaging, high-energy drills delivered by top-level UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. This session mirrors a typical professional club academy training environment, giving scouts a chance to assess players in a realistic context.
TIPS! Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Listening skills and ability to follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and enthusiasm
- Overall technical and physical ability
This is not a coaching session — it’s a professional assessment, designed to maximise touches of the ball and reduce stoppages so every player can be properly evaluated by the club scouts and coaches.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Games
Next, players take part in small-sided matches, where they’ll have even more touches of the ball and greater opportunity to influence the game.
TOP TIPS! Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Movement on and off the ball, hard work and fitness.
- Use of tight spaces and awareness of space.
- Decision-making and vision / scanning.
- Match effectiveness and impact, including communication.
Players of different heights and physical development may be present, but all scouts have access to each player’s date of birth, and understand that physical size is not everything. Technical ability, intelligence, attitude, and potential are just as important.
Top Tip: Be confident, communicate, and encourage your teammates. Leadership and positivity make a big impression.
15 Minutes – Expert Debrief & Talk
The session ends with a 15-minute debrief where your coach will provide general feedback and discuss what it takes to become a professional footballer — including real stories of players in your age group who have made it and what made them successful.
Individual Feedback – Pro Club Graded Assessment
Every player receives an individual graded feedback A5 card, on 9 key areas of their game, filled in by your coach. This feedback helps players to see strengths and areas for improvement, and has helped thousands of young players track their development and reach higher levels of football since 2012. Remember – this is just based on what they see at the trial, so whilst we want to make it as accurate as possible – you know your game best, but new opinions can and do help you improve and validate areas you excel in. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
One week after the final trial of that week, by Friday at 8pm, all players will receive an email with:
- A formal outcome from the trial
- The follow-up process if you have been scouted
- BRAND NEW! Access to an exclusive website to help you develop, learn and improve – “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If your child is scouted, you will be introduced via email to the relevant club scout by our operations team to explore next steps. If not, the day still offers valuable experience, professional insight, and guidance for future progress.
BONUS: "Improve My Football" Video Series – £29.99
To help players prepare for trials and continue their development at home, we’ve created a powerful 10-hour online video training series: "Improve My Football". This is available on our website and can be purchased on its own or added during trial booking.
The series covers:
- What scouts look for in each position
- How to prepare mentally and physically
- Technical drills and football skills to practise at home
It’s compatible with all devices and designed for serious young players looking to improve.
We Look Forward to Seeing You
We’re excited to welcome you to a UK Football Trial! If you have any questions, please feel free to email or call us. (Please note: You must be 18 or older to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help your child enjoy the experience, learn from it, and maybe even take the next step towards a professional football career.
28 Jul 2025
***Brand New North London*** Stadium Football Trial @ Potters Bar Town F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
28 Jul 2025
***Brand New North London*** Stadium Football Trial @ Potters Bar Town F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - AM - Ages 17-24. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you
28 Jul 2025
***Brand New North London*** Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Potters Bar Town F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - AM - Ages 8-10. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 8–10
A Unique Goalkeeper Trial Experience with Pro Club Scouts Watching
This is your child’s opportunity to train and be assessed by a specialist goalkeeper coach, before joining in match play in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional club scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than anyone else globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
We create an environment that’s welcoming and encouraging, with no pressure — only opportunity. Our aim is to help each young goalkeeper learn, improve, and be seen, while enjoying the experience every step of the way.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
Your trial begins in a small-group goalkeeper session run by a dedicated specialist GK coach — often someone with academy or pro-level experience. This session allows your child to show key areas of their game in a calm, structured, and focused environment.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot stopping – footwork, positioning, handling
- Distribution – throwing and kicking techniques, decision-making
- Communication – is the keeper talking clearly and confidently?
- Confidence and presence – do they command their area?
- Attitude and enthusiasm – energy, listening, effort
This is an assessment session, not a coaching class — so while your child will learn a lot, the main goal is for them to show what they can do under the eyes of professionals.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After training, goalkeepers join the outfield players in small-sided games, giving them a real match setting to show their skills.
Key areas scouts will focus on during the games:
- Communication – giving clear instructions to defenders
- Confidence under pressure – claiming crosses, being brave
- Awareness – reading the game and anticipating danger
- Distribution – starting attacks with good decisions
- Leadership – encouraging teammates and staying vocal
Even though it’s only 30 minutes, this part of the trial is extremely important — it’s where keepers can stand out by taking charge, reacting quickly, and making smart decisions in real-time situations.
15 Minutes – Feedback & Inspiration Talk
At the end of the trial, your child’s coach will deliver a short debrief and a motivational talk about what it takes to become a professional goalkeeper. They'll hear stories of young goalkeepers who have been signed through UK Football Trials, including:
- How they trained
- What made them stand out
- How they developed on and off the pitch
We aim to inspire young players to love the game and understand what they can do to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Goalkeeper Assessment Card
Every goalkeeper receives a graded A5 assessment card on the day, with scores across 10 core goalkeeping areas. This includes handling, distribution, communication, positioning, and more.
The assessment helps your child:
- Understand where they’re currently at
- Celebrate their strengths
- Learn what to work on moving forward
It’s a valuable snapshot of their game — and often helps build motivation and confidence.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
One week after the final trial of the week, you’ll receive an email by Friday at 8pm with:
- The official outcome of the trial
- A personal introduction to any scout who is interested
- Access to our brand-new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not your child is scouted, this trial is a chance to build confidence, gain professional feedback, and take important next steps in their development.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome your young goalkeeper to a UK Football Trial! If you have any questions, feel free to email or call our team. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact us directly.)
Let’s work together to help your child enjoy the experience, show their ability, and take an exciting step toward their football dreams.
28 Jul 2025
***Brand New North London*** Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Potters Bar Town F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
28 Jul 2025
***Brand New North London*** Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Potters Bar Town F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - AM - Ages 17-24. Only 2 Spaces Left - HURRY!

Goalkeepers – Ages 17–24
A Career-Focused Goalkeeper Trial in Front of Professional Scouts
This 3-hour football trial is specifically designed for aspiring goalkeepers aged 17 to 24 who are serious about breaking into professional or semi-professional football, returning after a setback, or gaining vital exposure to top-level clubs.
You’ll train with a specialist goalkeeper coach, then join outfield players for live crossing and shooting drills, followed by full 11v11 match play — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful independent football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
This event is structured to reflect the demands of the modern game — fast-paced, high pressure, and built to test you.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Assessment Session
Your trial starts with an intense session run by a professional GK coach, usually someone with academy or elite-level experience. You’ll be tested in small groups to showcase your technical quality, decision-making, and physical presence.
Scouts and coaches will evaluate:
- Shot-stopping – angles, reactions, one-on-ones
- Distribution – kicking, throwing, and decision-making under pressure
- Handling and footwork – consistency and confidence
- Vocal communication – timing, clarity, leadership
- Composure and mindset – how you handle the spotlight
This is an assessment, not a training session — expect constant movement and intensity as you’re evaluated across the full spectrum of goalkeeper performance.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Phase
After the goalkeeper-specific drills, you’ll move into a busy, high-tempo session with your age group’s outfield players. You’ll face a large volume of shots, crosses, and attacking combinations — all under real pressure.
This is a key part of the trial, where many goalkeepers are noticed. Scouts are watching closely to see how you:
- Command the box under pressure
- Make key saves in tight spaces
- React to rebounds and aerial balls
- Communicate, recover, and stay engaged
- Stay mentally sharp across multiple sequences
If you're going to make a statement, this is the time to do it.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll then progress into the 11v11 match phase, where you’ll typically play around 30 minutes split across two halves.
Scouts will assess your:
- In-game leadership – talking to defenders, staying vocal
- Positioning and awareness – managing transitions and threats
- Distribution under pressure – starting play intelligently
- Shot-stopping and recovery speed
- Mental concentration – staying sharp with limited touches
- How you manage the full match context — including your role off the ball — is as important as your key saves.
Final Debrief & Pro-Level Insight
To finish, you’ll receive a motivational talk from your goalkeeper coach and a UK Football Trials director. Topics covered include:
- What professional and semi-pro clubs expect from goalkeepers
- Real examples of 17–24-year-old goalkeepers who have been signed
- What separates those who succeed — including mindset, training habits, and accountability
This is a no-nonsense summary of what it takes — from people who’ve worked with top-level clubs and players.
Your Games Are Filmed – For You to Analyse and Share
All 11-a-side matches for players aged 14–24 are recorded using VEO camera technology, and you will receive:
- A direct email link to your game
- Access to the footage on our official YouTube channel
- The option to download your match and use it for self-assessment or personal highlight reels
We strongly encourage subscribing to our channel to be notified when your footage goes live.
Self-Assessment: Watch, Reflect, Improve
As individual graded assessments are not provided at this age, your next step is to review your match footage critically:
- What did you do well technically, tactically, and mentally?
- Were you vocal? Did you make smart decisions?
- How did you recover from mistakes?
- Did you lead your back line effectively?
This self-analysis reflects the level of responsibility expected from serious players at your age.
Use Your Footage – Create a Highlight Reel
You’re welcome to use your match video to:
- Build a goalkeeper highlight reel
- Apply to clubs or semi-professional teams
- Support applications to football universities or private academies
Interested in continuing your football journey through education? Our sister company can provide free expert advice on the best football universities and private academy pathways in the UK and abroad.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after your trial, you’ll receive:
- Your official outcome email
- An email introduction to any scouts interested in following up
- Access to our exclusive learning hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
This platform provides advanced insight into the demands of the game — including how to improve and what next steps to take.
Final Thoughts
This is your opportunity to be seen — and take a serious step forward in your football journey.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note, you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
Train like a pro. Perform like a pro. Let’s help you get scouted.
28 Jul 2025
***Brand New North London*** Stadium Football Trial @ Potters Bar Town F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Only 7 Spaces Left - HURRY!

OUTFIELD - Ages 11–13
A Real Opportunity to Be Seen by Scouts from Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is your chance to showcase your talent in front of 10–15 professional football scouts — including those from Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs — in a high-quality, 2-hour football trial designed for players aged 11–13.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re already playing at a high level or looking to take the next step, this event gives you a genuine opportunity to get seen by scouts, test yourself in a professional football environment, and learn from the experience — all without pressure.
What to Expect on the Day – 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 hour 15 Minutes – Pro-Level Training Drills
Your trial starts with 75 minutes of fast-paced, high-energy football drills led by our UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. These sessions mirror real professional academy environments — and scouts will be watching closely.
Scouts and coaches will be assessing:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Your communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and focus
- Your technical ability and athletic performance
This session is a live assessment, not a coaching session. You’ll get plenty of ball touches, limited stoppages, and a structured format that allows every player to be properly evaluated in a short time.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After the drills, you’ll play in small-sided games — the ideal setting for scouts to observe your game impact, awareness, and decision-making.
TOP TIPS – Scouts will be watching for:
- Movement on and off the ball, work rate, and stamina
- Ability to find and use space in tight areas
- Scanning, passing, and decision-making
- Communication, teamwork, and overall influence on the game
Don’t worry if there are bigger or older players — scouts always have your date of birth and assess players relative to age and potential, not just size or strength. Smaller, technically gifted players often shine just as brightly.
Key Advice: Show confidence, talk positively, and encourage others. Scouts love players who lead and stay upbeat from start to finish.
15 Minutes – Final Debrief and Pro Insight Talk
The session ends with an informative and inspiring talk from your coach and our UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear:
- General feedback about the session
- What it takes to become a professional footballer
- Real-life success stories from players aged 11–13 who’ve made it
This part is designed to help you understand the mindset and habits needed to keep progressing, whatever stage you’re at.
Individual Feedback – Graded Pro Club Assessment
Each player receives a graded A5 feedback card assessing 9 key areas of your game, completed by your coach on the day. This helps you:
- Identify your current level
- Understand your strengths
- Pinpoint areas to improve
This feedback has helped thousands of young players improve since 2012 — whether aiming for pro academies or simply wanting to develop and grow.
Remember: It’s based on what we see on the day — so while it’s valuable, your long-term development matters most. Use it to validate your progress and build on your game. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts, and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, which includes:
- Your official outcome from the event
- Next steps if you’ve been scouted
- Access to our exclusive new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If you're scouted, we’ll introduce you directly to the relevant scout via email and guide you through what comes next. If not, you’ll still gain valuable insights, personal feedback, and a clear plan for what to work on.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare like a pro and gain an edge before or after the trial? Our “Improve My Football” video training series offers 10+ hours of elite coaching content, designed to help you perform your best.
Includes:
- What scouts look for in each position
- Position-specific drills to practise at home
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
- Technical and tactical insights to raise your level
Available for just £29.99, this can be added at checkout or purchased separately via the “Success & Other” section of our website. Works on all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial! If you have any questions, feel free to call or email us. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help you enjoy the day, learn from the experience — and maybe take the next step toward your dream of becoming a professional footballer.
28 Jul 2025
***Brand New North London*** Stadium Football Trial @ Potters Bar Town F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
28 Jul 2025
***Brand New North London*** Stadium Football Trial @ Potters Bar Town F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you
28 Jul 2025
***Brand New North London*** Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Potters Bar Town F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 11–13
A Real Chance for Young Goalkeepers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This event gives goalkeepers aged 11–13 the opportunity to work with a specialist goalkeeper coach, be assessed in a professional environment, and perform in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs.
As the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, UK Football Trials, in the last year alone, have had over 700 players scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
This trial is designed to help you show your skills, learn from the experience, and take an important step in your football journey.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Small Group Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
You’ll start the trial in a small group, working with a dedicated goalkeeper coach who has experience training players at academy or professional levels. This part of the session is all about showcasing the key areas of your game.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot-stopping – reactions, positioning, footwork
- Distribution – both short and long range, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – especially under pressure
- Confidence and presence – are you calm, brave, and alert?
- Communication – do you organise your defence clearly and at the right times?
This is not a goalkeeping lesson — it’s a structured assessment, designed to let you show how you handle different goalkeeping scenarios in a controlled, professional setting.
30 Minutes – Match Involvement in Small-Sided Games
After your training session, you’ll join in with the outfield players from your age group for small-sided matches. This gives scouts a chance to see how you perform in live match situations.
Key areas goalkeepers are assessed on during match play:
- Communication – giving clear, confident instructions
- Decision-making – when to come out, when to hold
- Awareness – anticipating play, positioning early
- Distribution – starting counterattacks, calming play down
- Leadership – staying vocal, staying positive, and encouraging teammates
This part of the trial is where many goalkeepers are noticed — not just for making saves, but for how they manage the game, lead their team, and react under pressure.
15 Minutes – Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
The trial finishes with a short talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear about:
- What scouts are looking for in goalkeepers your age
- Real examples of 11–13-year-old keepers who have been signed through our events
- What makes a young goalkeeper stand out — including attitude, mindset, and off-the-ball behaviour
This talk is designed to leave you informed, inspired, and ready to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Graded Goalkeeper Assessment
On the day, you’ll receive a graded A5 feedback card, with scores across 10 key goalkeeping areas, including distribution, communication, handling, bravery, and more.
This helps you:
- Understand your current level
- See what you're doing well
- Identify areas to improve going forward
This type of professional feedback is rare at this age — and it’s helped many young goalkeepers take big steps forward.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player receives a follow-up email containing:
- Your official outcome
- A direct introduction to any scouts interested in you
- Access to our exclusive development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you aren’t scouted, the value of this day is in the insight, feedback, and new motivation you’ll gain.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your goalkeeper trial with UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact us — just remember, you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
Give your best, be vocal, show your confidence — and enjoy this unique opportunity to be seen by professional scouts.
28 Jul 2025
***Brand New North London*** Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Potters Bar Town F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
28 Jul 2025
***Brand New North London*** Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Potters Bar Town F.C - Monday 28th July 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 17–24
A Career-Focused Goalkeeper Trial in Front of Professional Scouts
This 3-hour football trial is specifically designed for aspiring goalkeepers aged 17 to 24 who are serious about breaking into professional or semi-professional football, returning after a setback, or gaining vital exposure to top-level clubs.
You’ll train with a specialist goalkeeper coach, then join outfield players for live crossing and shooting drills, followed by full 11v11 match play — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful independent football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
This event is structured to reflect the demands of the modern game — fast-paced, high pressure, and built to test you.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Assessment Session
Your trial starts with an intense session run by a professional GK coach, usually someone with academy or elite-level experience. You’ll be tested in small groups to showcase your technical quality, decision-making, and physical presence.
Scouts and coaches will evaluate:
- Shot-stopping – angles, reactions, one-on-ones
- Distribution – kicking, throwing, and decision-making under pressure
- Handling and footwork – consistency and confidence
- Vocal communication – timing, clarity, leadership
- Composure and mindset – how you handle the spotlight
This is an assessment, not a training session — expect constant movement and intensity as you’re evaluated across the full spectrum of goalkeeper performance.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Phase
After the goalkeeper-specific drills, you’ll move into a busy, high-tempo session with your age group’s outfield players. You’ll face a large volume of shots, crosses, and attacking combinations — all under real pressure.
This is a key part of the trial, where many goalkeepers are noticed. Scouts are watching closely to see how you:
- Command the box under pressure
- Make key saves in tight spaces
- React to rebounds and aerial balls
- Communicate, recover, and stay engaged
- Stay mentally sharp across multiple sequences
If you're going to make a statement, this is the time to do it.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll then progress into the 11v11 match phase, where you’ll typically play around 30 minutes split across two halves.
Scouts will assess your:
- In-game leadership – talking to defenders, staying vocal
- Positioning and awareness – managing transitions and threats
- Distribution under pressure – starting play intelligently
- Shot-stopping and recovery speed
- Mental concentration – staying sharp with limited touches
- How you manage the full match context — including your role off the ball — is as important as your key saves.
Final Debrief & Pro-Level Insight
To finish, you’ll receive a motivational talk from your goalkeeper coach and a UK Football Trials director. Topics covered include:
- What professional and semi-pro clubs expect from goalkeepers
- Real examples of 17–24-year-old goalkeepers who have been signed
- What separates those who succeed — including mindset, training habits, and accountability
This is a no-nonsense summary of what it takes — from people who’ve worked with top-level clubs and players.
Your Games Are Filmed – For You to Analyse and Share
All 11-a-side matches for players aged 14–24 are recorded using VEO camera technology, and you will receive:
- A direct email link to your game
- Access to the footage on our official YouTube channel
- The option to download your match and use it for self-assessment or personal highlight reels
We strongly encourage subscribing to our channel to be notified when your footage goes live.
Self-Assessment: Watch, Reflect, Improve
As individual graded assessments are not provided at this age, your next step is to review your match footage critically:
- What did you do well technically, tactically, and mentally?
- Were you vocal? Did you make smart decisions?
- How did you recover from mistakes?
- Did you lead your back line effectively?
This self-analysis reflects the level of responsibility expected from serious players at your age.
Use Your Footage – Create a Highlight Reel
You’re welcome to use your match video to:
- Build a goalkeeper highlight reel
- Apply to clubs or semi-professional teams
- Support applications to football universities or private academies
Interested in continuing your football journey through education? Our sister company can provide free expert advice on the best football universities and private academy pathways in the UK and abroad.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after your trial, you’ll receive:
- Your official outcome email
- An email introduction to any scouts interested in following up
- Access to our exclusive learning hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
This platform provides advanced insight into the demands of the game — including how to improve and what next steps to take.
Final Thoughts
This is your opportunity to be seen — and take a serious step forward in your football journey.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note, you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
Train like a pro. Perform like a pro. Let’s help you get scouted.
29 Jul 2025
BRAND NEW STADIUM VENUE - Uxbridge F.C - 29th July 2025 - AM - Ages 11-13. Book now to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 11–13
A Real Opportunity to Be Seen by Scouts from Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is your chance to showcase your talent in front of 10–15 professional football scouts — including those from Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs — in a high-quality, 2-hour football trial designed for players aged 11–13.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re already playing at a high level or looking to take the next step, this event gives you a genuine opportunity to get seen by scouts, test yourself in a professional football environment, and learn from the experience — all without pressure.
What to Expect on the Day – 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 hour 15 Minutes – Pro-Level Training Drills
Your trial starts with 75 minutes of fast-paced, high-energy football drills led by our UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. These sessions mirror real professional academy environments — and scouts will be watching closely.
Scouts and coaches will be assessing:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Your communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and focus
- Your technical ability and athletic performance
This session is a live assessment, not a coaching session. You’ll get plenty of ball touches, limited stoppages, and a structured format that allows every player to be properly evaluated in a short time.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After the drills, you’ll play in small-sided games — the ideal setting for scouts to observe your game impact, awareness, and decision-making.
TOP TIPS – Scouts will be watching for:
- Movement on and off the ball, work rate, and stamina
- Ability to find and use space in tight areas
- Scanning, passing, and decision-making
- Communication, teamwork, and overall influence on the game
Don’t worry if there are bigger or older players — scouts always have your date of birth and assess players relative to age and potential, not just size or strength. Smaller, technically gifted players often shine just as brightly.
Key Advice: Show confidence, talk positively, and encourage others. Scouts love players who lead and stay upbeat from start to finish.
15 Minutes – Final Debrief and Pro Insight Talk
The session ends with an informative and inspiring talk from your coach and our UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear:
- General feedback about the session
- What it takes to become a professional footballer
- Real-life success stories from players aged 11–13 who’ve made it
This part is designed to help you understand the mindset and habits needed to keep progressing, whatever stage you’re at.
Individual Feedback – Graded Pro Club Assessment
Each player receives a graded A5 feedback card assessing 9 key areas of your game, completed by your coach on the day. This helps you:
- Identify your current level
- Understand your strengths
- Pinpoint areas to improve
This feedback has helped thousands of young players improve since 2012 — whether aiming for pro academies or simply wanting to develop and grow.
Remember: It’s based on what we see on the day — so while it’s valuable, your long-term development matters most. Use it to validate your progress and build on your game. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts, and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, which includes:
- Your official outcome from the event
- Next steps if you’ve been scouted
- Access to our exclusive new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If you're scouted, we’ll introduce you directly to the relevant scout via email and guide you through what comes next. If not, you’ll still gain valuable insights, personal feedback, and a clear plan for what to work on.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare like a pro and gain an edge before or after the trial? Our “Improve My Football” video training series offers 10+ hours of elite coaching content, designed to help you perform your best.
Includes:
- What scouts look for in each position
- Position-specific drills to practise at home
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
- Technical and tactical insights to raise your level
Available for just £29.99, this can be added at checkout or purchased separately via the “Success & Other” section of our website. Works on all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial! If you have any questions, feel free to call or email us. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help you enjoy the day, learn from the experience — and maybe take the next step toward your dream of becoming a professional footballer.
29 Jul 2025
BRAND NEW STADIUM VENUE - Uxbridge F.C - 29th July 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book now to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
29 Jul 2025
BRAND NEW STADIUM VENUE - Uxbridge F.C - 29th July 2025 - AM - Ages 17-24. Book now to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you
29 Jul 2025
BRAND NEW STADIUM VENUE GOALKEEPER TRIAL - Uxbridge F.C - 29th July 2025 - AM - Ages 11-13. Only 3 Spaces Left - HURRY!

Goalkeepers – Ages 11–13
A Real Chance for Young Goalkeepers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This event gives goalkeepers aged 11–13 the opportunity to work with a specialist goalkeeper coach, be assessed in a professional environment, and perform in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs.
As the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, UK Football Trials, in the last year alone, have had over 700 players scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
This trial is designed to help you show your skills, learn from the experience, and take an important step in your football journey.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Small Group Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
You’ll start the trial in a small group, working with a dedicated goalkeeper coach who has experience training players at academy or professional levels. This part of the session is all about showcasing the key areas of your game.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot-stopping – reactions, positioning, footwork
- Distribution – both short and long range, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – especially under pressure
- Confidence and presence – are you calm, brave, and alert?
- Communication – do you organise your defence clearly and at the right times?
This is not a goalkeeping lesson — it’s a structured assessment, designed to let you show how you handle different goalkeeping scenarios in a controlled, professional setting.
30 Minutes – Match Involvement in Small-Sided Games
After your training session, you’ll join in with the outfield players from your age group for small-sided matches. This gives scouts a chance to see how you perform in live match situations.
Key areas goalkeepers are assessed on during match play:
- Communication – giving clear, confident instructions
- Decision-making – when to come out, when to hold
- Awareness – anticipating play, positioning early
- Distribution – starting counterattacks, calming play down
- Leadership – staying vocal, staying positive, and encouraging teammates
This part of the trial is where many goalkeepers are noticed — not just for making saves, but for how they manage the game, lead their team, and react under pressure.
15 Minutes – Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
The trial finishes with a short talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear about:
- What scouts are looking for in goalkeepers your age
- Real examples of 11–13-year-old keepers who have been signed through our events
- What makes a young goalkeeper stand out — including attitude, mindset, and off-the-ball behaviour
This talk is designed to leave you informed, inspired, and ready to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Graded Goalkeeper Assessment
On the day, you’ll receive a graded A5 feedback card, with scores across 10 key goalkeeping areas, including distribution, communication, handling, bravery, and more.
This helps you:
- Understand your current level
- See what you're doing well
- Identify areas to improve going forward
This type of professional feedback is rare at this age — and it’s helped many young goalkeepers take big steps forward.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player receives a follow-up email containing:
- Your official outcome
- A direct introduction to any scouts interested in you
- Access to our exclusive development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you aren’t scouted, the value of this day is in the insight, feedback, and new motivation you’ll gain.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your goalkeeper trial with UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact us — just remember, you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
Give your best, be vocal, show your confidence — and enjoy this unique opportunity to be seen by professional scouts.
29 Jul 2025
BRAND NEW STADIUM VENUE GOALKEEPER TRIAL - Uxbridge F.C - 29th July 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book now to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
29 Jul 2025
BRAND NEW STADIUM VENUE GOALKEEPER TRIAL - Uxbridge F.C - 29th July 2025 - AM - Ages 17-24. Book now to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 17–24
A Career-Focused Goalkeeper Trial in Front of Professional Scouts
This 3-hour football trial is specifically designed for aspiring goalkeepers aged 17 to 24 who are serious about breaking into professional or semi-professional football, returning after a setback, or gaining vital exposure to top-level clubs.
You’ll train with a specialist goalkeeper coach, then join outfield players for live crossing and shooting drills, followed by full 11v11 match play — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful independent football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
This event is structured to reflect the demands of the modern game — fast-paced, high pressure, and built to test you.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Assessment Session
Your trial starts with an intense session run by a professional GK coach, usually someone with academy or elite-level experience. You’ll be tested in small groups to showcase your technical quality, decision-making, and physical presence.
Scouts and coaches will evaluate:
- Shot-stopping – angles, reactions, one-on-ones
- Distribution – kicking, throwing, and decision-making under pressure
- Handling and footwork – consistency and confidence
- Vocal communication – timing, clarity, leadership
- Composure and mindset – how you handle the spotlight
This is an assessment, not a training session — expect constant movement and intensity as you’re evaluated across the full spectrum of goalkeeper performance.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Phase
After the goalkeeper-specific drills, you’ll move into a busy, high-tempo session with your age group’s outfield players. You’ll face a large volume of shots, crosses, and attacking combinations — all under real pressure.
This is a key part of the trial, where many goalkeepers are noticed. Scouts are watching closely to see how you:
- Command the box under pressure
- Make key saves in tight spaces
- React to rebounds and aerial balls
- Communicate, recover, and stay engaged
- Stay mentally sharp across multiple sequences
If you're going to make a statement, this is the time to do it.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll then progress into the 11v11 match phase, where you’ll typically play around 30 minutes split across two halves.
Scouts will assess your:
- In-game leadership – talking to defenders, staying vocal
- Positioning and awareness – managing transitions and threats
- Distribution under pressure – starting play intelligently
- Shot-stopping and recovery speed
- Mental concentration – staying sharp with limited touches
- How you manage the full match context — including your role off the ball — is as important as your key saves.
Final Debrief & Pro-Level Insight
To finish, you’ll receive a motivational talk from your goalkeeper coach and a UK Football Trials director. Topics covered include:
- What professional and semi-pro clubs expect from goalkeepers
- Real examples of 17–24-year-old goalkeepers who have been signed
- What separates those who succeed — including mindset, training habits, and accountability
This is a no-nonsense summary of what it takes — from people who’ve worked with top-level clubs and players.
Your Games Are Filmed – For You to Analyse and Share
All 11-a-side matches for players aged 14–24 are recorded using VEO camera technology, and you will receive:
- A direct email link to your game
- Access to the footage on our official YouTube channel
- The option to download your match and use it for self-assessment or personal highlight reels
We strongly encourage subscribing to our channel to be notified when your footage goes live.
Self-Assessment: Watch, Reflect, Improve
As individual graded assessments are not provided at this age, your next step is to review your match footage critically:
- What did you do well technically, tactically, and mentally?
- Were you vocal? Did you make smart decisions?
- How did you recover from mistakes?
- Did you lead your back line effectively?
This self-analysis reflects the level of responsibility expected from serious players at your age.
Use Your Footage – Create a Highlight Reel
You’re welcome to use your match video to:
- Build a goalkeeper highlight reel
- Apply to clubs or semi-professional teams
- Support applications to football universities or private academies
Interested in continuing your football journey through education? Our sister company can provide free expert advice on the best football universities and private academy pathways in the UK and abroad.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after your trial, you’ll receive:
- Your official outcome email
- An email introduction to any scouts interested in following up
- Access to our exclusive learning hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
This platform provides advanced insight into the demands of the game — including how to improve and what next steps to take.
Final Thoughts
This is your opportunity to be seen — and take a serious step forward in your football journey.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note, you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
Train like a pro. Perform like a pro. Let’s help you get scouted.
29 Jul 2025
BRAND NEW STADIUM VENUE - Uxbridge F.C - 29th July 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Book now to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 11–13
A Real Opportunity to Be Seen by Scouts from Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is your chance to showcase your talent in front of 10–15 professional football scouts — including those from Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs — in a high-quality, 2-hour football trial designed for players aged 11–13.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re already playing at a high level or looking to take the next step, this event gives you a genuine opportunity to get seen by scouts, test yourself in a professional football environment, and learn from the experience — all without pressure.
What to Expect on the Day – 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 hour 15 Minutes – Pro-Level Training Drills
Your trial starts with 75 minutes of fast-paced, high-energy football drills led by our UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. These sessions mirror real professional academy environments — and scouts will be watching closely.
Scouts and coaches will be assessing:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Your communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and focus
- Your technical ability and athletic performance
This session is a live assessment, not a coaching session. You’ll get plenty of ball touches, limited stoppages, and a structured format that allows every player to be properly evaluated in a short time.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After the drills, you’ll play in small-sided games — the ideal setting for scouts to observe your game impact, awareness, and decision-making.
TOP TIPS – Scouts will be watching for:
- Movement on and off the ball, work rate, and stamina
- Ability to find and use space in tight areas
- Scanning, passing, and decision-making
- Communication, teamwork, and overall influence on the game
Don’t worry if there are bigger or older players — scouts always have your date of birth and assess players relative to age and potential, not just size or strength. Smaller, technically gifted players often shine just as brightly.
Key Advice: Show confidence, talk positively, and encourage others. Scouts love players who lead and stay upbeat from start to finish.
15 Minutes – Final Debrief and Pro Insight Talk
The session ends with an informative and inspiring talk from your coach and our UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear:
- General feedback about the session
- What it takes to become a professional footballer
- Real-life success stories from players aged 11–13 who’ve made it
This part is designed to help you understand the mindset and habits needed to keep progressing, whatever stage you’re at.
Individual Feedback – Graded Pro Club Assessment
Each player receives a graded A5 feedback card assessing 9 key areas of your game, completed by your coach on the day. This helps you:
- Identify your current level
- Understand your strengths
- Pinpoint areas to improve
This feedback has helped thousands of young players improve since 2012 — whether aiming for pro academies or simply wanting to develop and grow.
Remember: It’s based on what we see on the day — so while it’s valuable, your long-term development matters most. Use it to validate your progress and build on your game. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts, and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, which includes:
- Your official outcome from the event
- Next steps if you’ve been scouted
- Access to our exclusive new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If you're scouted, we’ll introduce you directly to the relevant scout via email and guide you through what comes next. If not, you’ll still gain valuable insights, personal feedback, and a clear plan for what to work on.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare like a pro and gain an edge before or after the trial? Our “Improve My Football” video training series offers 10+ hours of elite coaching content, designed to help you perform your best.
Includes:
- What scouts look for in each position
- Position-specific drills to practise at home
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
- Technical and tactical insights to raise your level
Available for just £29.99, this can be added at checkout or purchased separately via the “Success & Other” section of our website. Works on all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial! If you have any questions, feel free to call or email us. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help you enjoy the day, learn from the experience — and maybe take the next step toward your dream of becoming a professional footballer.
29 Jul 2025
BRAND NEW STADIUM VENUE - Uxbridge F.C - 29th July 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Book now to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
29 Jul 2025
BRAND NEW STADIUM VENUE - Uxbridge F.C - 29th July 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. Book now to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you
29 Jul 2025
BRAND NEW STADIUM VENUE GOALKEEPER TRIAL - Uxbridge F.C - 29th July 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Book now to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 11–13
A Real Chance for Young Goalkeepers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This event gives goalkeepers aged 11–13 the opportunity to work with a specialist goalkeeper coach, be assessed in a professional environment, and perform in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs.
As the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, UK Football Trials, in the last year alone, have had over 700 players scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
This trial is designed to help you show your skills, learn from the experience, and take an important step in your football journey.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Small Group Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
You’ll start the trial in a small group, working with a dedicated goalkeeper coach who has experience training players at academy or professional levels. This part of the session is all about showcasing the key areas of your game.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot-stopping – reactions, positioning, footwork
- Distribution – both short and long range, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – especially under pressure
- Confidence and presence – are you calm, brave, and alert?
- Communication – do you organise your defence clearly and at the right times?
This is not a goalkeeping lesson — it’s a structured assessment, designed to let you show how you handle different goalkeeping scenarios in a controlled, professional setting.
30 Minutes – Match Involvement in Small-Sided Games
After your training session, you’ll join in with the outfield players from your age group for small-sided matches. This gives scouts a chance to see how you perform in live match situations.
Key areas goalkeepers are assessed on during match play:
- Communication – giving clear, confident instructions
- Decision-making – when to come out, when to hold
- Awareness – anticipating play, positioning early
- Distribution – starting counterattacks, calming play down
- Leadership – staying vocal, staying positive, and encouraging teammates
This part of the trial is where many goalkeepers are noticed — not just for making saves, but for how they manage the game, lead their team, and react under pressure.
15 Minutes – Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
The trial finishes with a short talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear about:
- What scouts are looking for in goalkeepers your age
- Real examples of 11–13-year-old keepers who have been signed through our events
- What makes a young goalkeeper stand out — including attitude, mindset, and off-the-ball behaviour
This talk is designed to leave you informed, inspired, and ready to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Graded Goalkeeper Assessment
On the day, you’ll receive a graded A5 feedback card, with scores across 10 key goalkeeping areas, including distribution, communication, handling, bravery, and more.
This helps you:
- Understand your current level
- See what you're doing well
- Identify areas to improve going forward
This type of professional feedback is rare at this age — and it’s helped many young goalkeepers take big steps forward.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player receives a follow-up email containing:
- Your official outcome
- A direct introduction to any scouts interested in you
- Access to our exclusive development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you aren’t scouted, the value of this day is in the insight, feedback, and new motivation you’ll gain.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your goalkeeper trial with UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact us — just remember, you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
Give your best, be vocal, show your confidence — and enjoy this unique opportunity to be seen by professional scouts.
29 Jul 2025
BRAND NEW STADIUM VENUE GOALKEEPER TRIAL - Uxbridge F.C - 29th July 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Last Space Left - HURRY!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
29 Jul 2025
BRAND NEW STADIUM VENUE GOALKEEPER TRIAL - Uxbridge F.C - 29th July 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. Book now to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 17–24
A Career-Focused Goalkeeper Trial in Front of Professional Scouts
This 3-hour football trial is specifically designed for aspiring goalkeepers aged 17 to 24 who are serious about breaking into professional or semi-professional football, returning after a setback, or gaining vital exposure to top-level clubs.
You’ll train with a specialist goalkeeper coach, then join outfield players for live crossing and shooting drills, followed by full 11v11 match play — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful independent football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
This event is structured to reflect the demands of the modern game — fast-paced, high pressure, and built to test you.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Assessment Session
Your trial starts with an intense session run by a professional GK coach, usually someone with academy or elite-level experience. You’ll be tested in small groups to showcase your technical quality, decision-making, and physical presence.
Scouts and coaches will evaluate:
- Shot-stopping – angles, reactions, one-on-ones
- Distribution – kicking, throwing, and decision-making under pressure
- Handling and footwork – consistency and confidence
- Vocal communication – timing, clarity, leadership
- Composure and mindset – how you handle the spotlight
This is an assessment, not a training session — expect constant movement and intensity as you’re evaluated across the full spectrum of goalkeeper performance.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Phase
After the goalkeeper-specific drills, you’ll move into a busy, high-tempo session with your age group’s outfield players. You’ll face a large volume of shots, crosses, and attacking combinations — all under real pressure.
This is a key part of the trial, where many goalkeepers are noticed. Scouts are watching closely to see how you:
- Command the box under pressure
- Make key saves in tight spaces
- React to rebounds and aerial balls
- Communicate, recover, and stay engaged
- Stay mentally sharp across multiple sequences
If you're going to make a statement, this is the time to do it.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll then progress into the 11v11 match phase, where you’ll typically play around 30 minutes split across two halves.
Scouts will assess your:
- In-game leadership – talking to defenders, staying vocal
- Positioning and awareness – managing transitions and threats
- Distribution under pressure – starting play intelligently
- Shot-stopping and recovery speed
- Mental concentration – staying sharp with limited touches
- How you manage the full match context — including your role off the ball — is as important as your key saves.
Final Debrief & Pro-Level Insight
To finish, you’ll receive a motivational talk from your goalkeeper coach and a UK Football Trials director. Topics covered include:
- What professional and semi-pro clubs expect from goalkeepers
- Real examples of 17–24-year-old goalkeepers who have been signed
- What separates those who succeed — including mindset, training habits, and accountability
This is a no-nonsense summary of what it takes — from people who’ve worked with top-level clubs and players.
Your Games Are Filmed – For You to Analyse and Share
All 11-a-side matches for players aged 14–24 are recorded using VEO camera technology, and you will receive:
- A direct email link to your game
- Access to the footage on our official YouTube channel
- The option to download your match and use it for self-assessment or personal highlight reels
We strongly encourage subscribing to our channel to be notified when your footage goes live.
Self-Assessment: Watch, Reflect, Improve
As individual graded assessments are not provided at this age, your next step is to review your match footage critically:
- What did you do well technically, tactically, and mentally?
- Were you vocal? Did you make smart decisions?
- How did you recover from mistakes?
- Did you lead your back line effectively?
This self-analysis reflects the level of responsibility expected from serious players at your age.
Use Your Footage – Create a Highlight Reel
You’re welcome to use your match video to:
- Build a goalkeeper highlight reel
- Apply to clubs or semi-professional teams
- Support applications to football universities or private academies
Interested in continuing your football journey through education? Our sister company can provide free expert advice on the best football universities and private academy pathways in the UK and abroad.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after your trial, you’ll receive:
- Your official outcome email
- An email introduction to any scouts interested in following up
- Access to our exclusive learning hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
This platform provides advanced insight into the demands of the game — including how to improve and what next steps to take.
Final Thoughts
This is your opportunity to be seen — and take a serious step forward in your football journey.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note, you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
Train like a pro. Perform like a pro. Let’s help you get scouted.
29 Jul 2025
Midlands Football Trial @ Castle Vale Stadium - Tuesday 29th July 2025 - AM - Ages 8-10. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD – Ages 8–10
A Unique Opportunity for Young Footballers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This is your child’s chance to impress 10–15 professional and semi-professional football scouts — from Premier League to non-league clubs — in a high-quality, two-hour football trial.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
We’re passionate about helping young players get seen, improve, and enjoy the experience — no matter the outcome.
At our trials, there’s no pressure — only opportunity. The clubs attending genuinely want to find talented young players, and our entire team is dedicated to helping each participant give their best on the day.
What to Expect on the Day in the 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 Hour 15 Minutes – High-Intensity, Pro-Style Training
Players will begin with 75 minutes of engaging, high-energy drills delivered by top-level UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. This session mirrors a typical professional club academy training environment, giving scouts a chance to assess players in a realistic context.
TIPS! Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Listening skills and ability to follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and enthusiasm
- Overall technical and physical ability
This is not a coaching session — it’s a professional assessment, designed to maximise touches of the ball and reduce stoppages so every player can be properly evaluated by the club scouts and coaches.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Games
Next, players take part in small-sided matches, where they’ll have even more touches of the ball and greater opportunity to influence the game.
TOP TIPS! Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Movement on and off the ball, hard work and fitness.
- Use of tight spaces and awareness of space.
- Decision-making and vision / scanning.
- Match effectiveness and impact, including communication.
Players of different heights and physical development may be present, but all scouts have access to each player’s date of birth, and understand that physical size is not everything. Technical ability, intelligence, attitude, and potential are just as important.
Top Tip: Be confident, communicate, and encourage your teammates. Leadership and positivity make a big impression.
15 Minutes – Expert Debrief & Talk
The session ends with a 15-minute debrief where your coach will provide general feedback and discuss what it takes to become a professional footballer — including real stories of players in your age group who have made it and what made them successful.
Individual Feedback – Pro Club Graded Assessment
Every player receives an individual graded feedback A5 card, on 9 key areas of their game, filled in by your coach. This feedback helps players to see strengths and areas for improvement, and has helped thousands of young players track their development and reach higher levels of football since 2012. Remember – this is just based on what they see at the trial, so whilst we want to make it as accurate as possible – you know your game best, but new opinions can and do help you improve and validate areas you excel in. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
One week after the final trial of that week, by Friday at 8pm, all players will receive an email with:
- A formal outcome from the trial
- The follow-up process if you have been scouted
- BRAND NEW! Access to an exclusive website to help you develop, learn and improve – “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If your child is scouted, you will be introduced via email to the relevant club scout by our operations team to explore next steps. If not, the day still offers valuable experience, professional insight, and guidance for future progress.
BONUS: "Improve My Football" Video Series – £29.99
To help players prepare for trials and continue their development at home, we’ve created a powerful 10-hour online video training series: "Improve My Football". This is available on our website and can be purchased on its own or added during trial booking.
The series covers:
- What scouts look for in each position
- How to prepare mentally and physically
- Technical drills and football skills to practise at home
It’s compatible with all devices and designed for serious young players looking to improve.
We Look Forward to Seeing You
We’re excited to welcome you to a UK Football Trial! If you have any questions, please feel free to email or call us. (Please note: You must be 18 or older to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help your child enjoy the experience, learn from it, and maybe even take the next step towards a professional football career.
29 Jul 2025
Midlands Football Trial @ Castle Vale Stadium - Tuesday 29th July 2025 - AM - Ages 11-13. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 11–13
A Real Opportunity to Be Seen by Scouts from Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is your chance to showcase your talent in front of 10–15 professional football scouts — including those from Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs — in a high-quality, 2-hour football trial designed for players aged 11–13.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re already playing at a high level or looking to take the next step, this event gives you a genuine opportunity to get seen by scouts, test yourself in a professional football environment, and learn from the experience — all without pressure.
What to Expect on the Day – 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 hour 15 Minutes – Pro-Level Training Drills
Your trial starts with 75 minutes of fast-paced, high-energy football drills led by our UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. These sessions mirror real professional academy environments — and scouts will be watching closely.
Scouts and coaches will be assessing:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Your communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and focus
- Your technical ability and athletic performance
This session is a live assessment, not a coaching session. You’ll get plenty of ball touches, limited stoppages, and a structured format that allows every player to be properly evaluated in a short time.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After the drills, you’ll play in small-sided games — the ideal setting for scouts to observe your game impact, awareness, and decision-making.
TOP TIPS – Scouts will be watching for:
- Movement on and off the ball, work rate, and stamina
- Ability to find and use space in tight areas
- Scanning, passing, and decision-making
- Communication, teamwork, and overall influence on the game
Don’t worry if there are bigger or older players — scouts always have your date of birth and assess players relative to age and potential, not just size or strength. Smaller, technically gifted players often shine just as brightly.
Key Advice: Show confidence, talk positively, and encourage others. Scouts love players who lead and stay upbeat from start to finish.
15 Minutes – Final Debrief and Pro Insight Talk
The session ends with an informative and inspiring talk from your coach and our UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear:
- General feedback about the session
- What it takes to become a professional footballer
- Real-life success stories from players aged 11–13 who’ve made it
This part is designed to help you understand the mindset and habits needed to keep progressing, whatever stage you’re at.
Individual Feedback – Graded Pro Club Assessment
Each player receives a graded A5 feedback card assessing 9 key areas of your game, completed by your coach on the day. This helps you:
- Identify your current level
- Understand your strengths
- Pinpoint areas to improve
This feedback has helped thousands of young players improve since 2012 — whether aiming for pro academies or simply wanting to develop and grow.
Remember: It’s based on what we see on the day — so while it’s valuable, your long-term development matters most. Use it to validate your progress and build on your game. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts, and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, which includes:
- Your official outcome from the event
- Next steps if you’ve been scouted
- Access to our exclusive new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If you're scouted, we’ll introduce you directly to the relevant scout via email and guide you through what comes next. If not, you’ll still gain valuable insights, personal feedback, and a clear plan for what to work on.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare like a pro and gain an edge before or after the trial? Our “Improve My Football” video training series offers 10+ hours of elite coaching content, designed to help you perform your best.
Includes:
- What scouts look for in each position
- Position-specific drills to practise at home
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
- Technical and tactical insights to raise your level
Available for just £29.99, this can be added at checkout or purchased separately via the “Success & Other” section of our website. Works on all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial! If you have any questions, feel free to call or email us. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help you enjoy the day, learn from the experience — and maybe take the next step toward your dream of becoming a professional footballer.
29 Jul 2025
Midlands Football Trial @ Castle Vale Stadium - Tuesday 29th July 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
29 Jul 2025
Midlands Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Castle Vale Stadium - Tuesday 29th July 2025 - AM - Ages 8-10. Only 3 Spaces Left - HURRY!

Goalkeepers – Ages 8–10
A Unique Goalkeeper Trial Experience with Pro Club Scouts Watching
This is your child’s opportunity to train and be assessed by a specialist goalkeeper coach, before joining in match play in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional club scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than anyone else globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
We create an environment that’s welcoming and encouraging, with no pressure — only opportunity. Our aim is to help each young goalkeeper learn, improve, and be seen, while enjoying the experience every step of the way.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
Your trial begins in a small-group goalkeeper session run by a dedicated specialist GK coach — often someone with academy or pro-level experience. This session allows your child to show key areas of their game in a calm, structured, and focused environment.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot stopping – footwork, positioning, handling
- Distribution – throwing and kicking techniques, decision-making
- Communication – is the keeper talking clearly and confidently?
- Confidence and presence – do they command their area?
- Attitude and enthusiasm – energy, listening, effort
This is an assessment session, not a coaching class — so while your child will learn a lot, the main goal is for them to show what they can do under the eyes of professionals.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After training, goalkeepers join the outfield players in small-sided games, giving them a real match setting to show their skills.
Key areas scouts will focus on during the games:
- Communication – giving clear instructions to defenders
- Confidence under pressure – claiming crosses, being brave
- Awareness – reading the game and anticipating danger
- Distribution – starting attacks with good decisions
- Leadership – encouraging teammates and staying vocal
Even though it’s only 30 minutes, this part of the trial is extremely important — it’s where keepers can stand out by taking charge, reacting quickly, and making smart decisions in real-time situations.
15 Minutes – Feedback & Inspiration Talk
At the end of the trial, your child’s coach will deliver a short debrief and a motivational talk about what it takes to become a professional goalkeeper. They'll hear stories of young goalkeepers who have been signed through UK Football Trials, including:
- How they trained
- What made them stand out
- How they developed on and off the pitch
We aim to inspire young players to love the game and understand what they can do to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Goalkeeper Assessment Card
Every goalkeeper receives a graded A5 assessment card on the day, with scores across 10 core goalkeeping areas. This includes handling, distribution, communication, positioning, and more.
The assessment helps your child:
- Understand where they’re currently at
- Celebrate their strengths
- Learn what to work on moving forward
It’s a valuable snapshot of their game — and often helps build motivation and confidence.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
One week after the final trial of the week, you’ll receive an email by Friday at 8pm with:
- The official outcome of the trial
- A personal introduction to any scout who is interested
- Access to our brand-new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not your child is scouted, this trial is a chance to build confidence, gain professional feedback, and take important next steps in their development.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome your young goalkeeper to a UK Football Trial! If you have any questions, feel free to email or call our team. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact us directly.)
Let’s work together to help your child enjoy the experience, show their ability, and take an exciting step toward their football dreams.
29 Jul 2025
Midlands Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Castle Vale Stadium - Tuesday 29th July 2025 - AM - Ages 11-13. Only 3 Spaces Left - HURRY!

Goalkeepers – Ages 11–13
A Real Chance for Young Goalkeepers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This event gives goalkeepers aged 11–13 the opportunity to work with a specialist goalkeeper coach, be assessed in a professional environment, and perform in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs.
As the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, UK Football Trials, in the last year alone, have had over 700 players scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
This trial is designed to help you show your skills, learn from the experience, and take an important step in your football journey.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Small Group Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
You’ll start the trial in a small group, working with a dedicated goalkeeper coach who has experience training players at academy or professional levels. This part of the session is all about showcasing the key areas of your game.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot-stopping – reactions, positioning, footwork
- Distribution – both short and long range, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – especially under pressure
- Confidence and presence – are you calm, brave, and alert?
- Communication – do you organise your defence clearly and at the right times?
This is not a goalkeeping lesson — it’s a structured assessment, designed to let you show how you handle different goalkeeping scenarios in a controlled, professional setting.
30 Minutes – Match Involvement in Small-Sided Games
After your training session, you’ll join in with the outfield players from your age group for small-sided matches. This gives scouts a chance to see how you perform in live match situations.
Key areas goalkeepers are assessed on during match play:
- Communication – giving clear, confident instructions
- Decision-making – when to come out, when to hold
- Awareness – anticipating play, positioning early
- Distribution – starting counterattacks, calming play down
- Leadership – staying vocal, staying positive, and encouraging teammates
This part of the trial is where many goalkeepers are noticed — not just for making saves, but for how they manage the game, lead their team, and react under pressure.
15 Minutes – Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
The trial finishes with a short talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear about:
- What scouts are looking for in goalkeepers your age
- Real examples of 11–13-year-old keepers who have been signed through our events
- What makes a young goalkeeper stand out — including attitude, mindset, and off-the-ball behaviour
This talk is designed to leave you informed, inspired, and ready to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Graded Goalkeeper Assessment
On the day, you’ll receive a graded A5 feedback card, with scores across 10 key goalkeeping areas, including distribution, communication, handling, bravery, and more.
This helps you:
- Understand your current level
- See what you're doing well
- Identify areas to improve going forward
This type of professional feedback is rare at this age — and it’s helped many young goalkeepers take big steps forward.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player receives a follow-up email containing:
- Your official outcome
- A direct introduction to any scouts interested in you
- Access to our exclusive development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you aren’t scouted, the value of this day is in the insight, feedback, and new motivation you’ll gain.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your goalkeeper trial with UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact us — just remember, you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
Give your best, be vocal, show your confidence — and enjoy this unique opportunity to be seen by professional scouts.
29 Jul 2025
Midlands Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Castle Vale Stadium - Tuesday 29th July 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
29 Jul 2025
Midlands Football Trial @ Castle Vale Stadium - Tuesday 29th July 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 11–13
A Real Opportunity to Be Seen by Scouts from Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is your chance to showcase your talent in front of 10–15 professional football scouts — including those from Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs — in a high-quality, 2-hour football trial designed for players aged 11–13.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re already playing at a high level or looking to take the next step, this event gives you a genuine opportunity to get seen by scouts, test yourself in a professional football environment, and learn from the experience — all without pressure.
What to Expect on the Day – 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 hour 15 Minutes – Pro-Level Training Drills
Your trial starts with 75 minutes of fast-paced, high-energy football drills led by our UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. These sessions mirror real professional academy environments — and scouts will be watching closely.
Scouts and coaches will be assessing:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Your communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and focus
- Your technical ability and athletic performance
This session is a live assessment, not a coaching session. You’ll get plenty of ball touches, limited stoppages, and a structured format that allows every player to be properly evaluated in a short time.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After the drills, you’ll play in small-sided games — the ideal setting for scouts to observe your game impact, awareness, and decision-making.
TOP TIPS – Scouts will be watching for:
- Movement on and off the ball, work rate, and stamina
- Ability to find and use space in tight areas
- Scanning, passing, and decision-making
- Communication, teamwork, and overall influence on the game
Don’t worry if there are bigger or older players — scouts always have your date of birth and assess players relative to age and potential, not just size or strength. Smaller, technically gifted players often shine just as brightly.
Key Advice: Show confidence, talk positively, and encourage others. Scouts love players who lead and stay upbeat from start to finish.
15 Minutes – Final Debrief and Pro Insight Talk
The session ends with an informative and inspiring talk from your coach and our UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear:
- General feedback about the session
- What it takes to become a professional footballer
- Real-life success stories from players aged 11–13 who’ve made it
This part is designed to help you understand the mindset and habits needed to keep progressing, whatever stage you’re at.
Individual Feedback – Graded Pro Club Assessment
Each player receives a graded A5 feedback card assessing 9 key areas of your game, completed by your coach on the day. This helps you:
- Identify your current level
- Understand your strengths
- Pinpoint areas to improve
This feedback has helped thousands of young players improve since 2012 — whether aiming for pro academies or simply wanting to develop and grow.
Remember: It’s based on what we see on the day — so while it’s valuable, your long-term development matters most. Use it to validate your progress and build on your game. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts, and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, which includes:
- Your official outcome from the event
- Next steps if you’ve been scouted
- Access to our exclusive new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If you're scouted, we’ll introduce you directly to the relevant scout via email and guide you through what comes next. If not, you’ll still gain valuable insights, personal feedback, and a clear plan for what to work on.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare like a pro and gain an edge before or after the trial? Our “Improve My Football” video training series offers 10+ hours of elite coaching content, designed to help you perform your best.
Includes:
- What scouts look for in each position
- Position-specific drills to practise at home
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
- Technical and tactical insights to raise your level
Available for just £29.99, this can be added at checkout or purchased separately via the “Success & Other” section of our website. Works on all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial! If you have any questions, feel free to call or email us. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help you enjoy the day, learn from the experience — and maybe take the next step toward your dream of becoming a professional footballer.
29 Jul 2025
Midlands Football Trial @ Castle Vale Stadium - Tuesday 29th July 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
29 Jul 2025
Midlands Football Trial @ Castle Vale Stadium - Tuesday 29th July 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you
29 Jul 2025
Midlands Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Castle Vale Stadium - Tuesday 29th July 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 11–13
A Real Chance for Young Goalkeepers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This event gives goalkeepers aged 11–13 the opportunity to work with a specialist goalkeeper coach, be assessed in a professional environment, and perform in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs.
As the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, UK Football Trials, in the last year alone, have had over 700 players scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
This trial is designed to help you show your skills, learn from the experience, and take an important step in your football journey.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Small Group Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
You’ll start the trial in a small group, working with a dedicated goalkeeper coach who has experience training players at academy or professional levels. This part of the session is all about showcasing the key areas of your game.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot-stopping – reactions, positioning, footwork
- Distribution – both short and long range, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – especially under pressure
- Confidence and presence – are you calm, brave, and alert?
- Communication – do you organise your defence clearly and at the right times?
This is not a goalkeeping lesson — it’s a structured assessment, designed to let you show how you handle different goalkeeping scenarios in a controlled, professional setting.
30 Minutes – Match Involvement in Small-Sided Games
After your training session, you’ll join in with the outfield players from your age group for small-sided matches. This gives scouts a chance to see how you perform in live match situations.
Key areas goalkeepers are assessed on during match play:
- Communication – giving clear, confident instructions
- Decision-making – when to come out, when to hold
- Awareness – anticipating play, positioning early
- Distribution – starting counterattacks, calming play down
- Leadership – staying vocal, staying positive, and encouraging teammates
This part of the trial is where many goalkeepers are noticed — not just for making saves, but for how they manage the game, lead their team, and react under pressure.
15 Minutes – Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
The trial finishes with a short talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear about:
- What scouts are looking for in goalkeepers your age
- Real examples of 11–13-year-old keepers who have been signed through our events
- What makes a young goalkeeper stand out — including attitude, mindset, and off-the-ball behaviour
This talk is designed to leave you informed, inspired, and ready to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Graded Goalkeeper Assessment
On the day, you’ll receive a graded A5 feedback card, with scores across 10 key goalkeeping areas, including distribution, communication, handling, bravery, and more.
This helps you:
- Understand your current level
- See what you're doing well
- Identify areas to improve going forward
This type of professional feedback is rare at this age — and it’s helped many young goalkeepers take big steps forward.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player receives a follow-up email containing:
- Your official outcome
- A direct introduction to any scouts interested in you
- Access to our exclusive development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you aren’t scouted, the value of this day is in the insight, feedback, and new motivation you’ll gain.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your goalkeeper trial with UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact us — just remember, you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
Give your best, be vocal, show your confidence — and enjoy this unique opportunity to be seen by professional scouts.
29 Jul 2025
Midlands Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Castle Vale Stadium - Tuesday 29th July 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Only 3 Spaces Left - HURRY!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
29 Jul 2025
Midlands Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Castle Vale Stadium - Tuesday 29th July 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. Only 3 Spaces Left - HURRY!

Goalkeepers – Ages 17–24
A Career-Focused Goalkeeper Trial in Front of Professional Scouts
This 3-hour football trial is specifically designed for aspiring goalkeepers aged 17 to 24 who are serious about breaking into professional or semi-professional football, returning after a setback, or gaining vital exposure to top-level clubs.
You’ll train with a specialist goalkeeper coach, then join outfield players for live crossing and shooting drills, followed by full 11v11 match play — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful independent football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
This event is structured to reflect the demands of the modern game — fast-paced, high pressure, and built to test you.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Assessment Session
Your trial starts with an intense session run by a professional GK coach, usually someone with academy or elite-level experience. You’ll be tested in small groups to showcase your technical quality, decision-making, and physical presence.
Scouts and coaches will evaluate:
- Shot-stopping – angles, reactions, one-on-ones
- Distribution – kicking, throwing, and decision-making under pressure
- Handling and footwork – consistency and confidence
- Vocal communication – timing, clarity, leadership
- Composure and mindset – how you handle the spotlight
This is an assessment, not a training session — expect constant movement and intensity as you’re evaluated across the full spectrum of goalkeeper performance.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Phase
After the goalkeeper-specific drills, you’ll move into a busy, high-tempo session with your age group’s outfield players. You’ll face a large volume of shots, crosses, and attacking combinations — all under real pressure.
This is a key part of the trial, where many goalkeepers are noticed. Scouts are watching closely to see how you:
- Command the box under pressure
- Make key saves in tight spaces
- React to rebounds and aerial balls
- Communicate, recover, and stay engaged
- Stay mentally sharp across multiple sequences
If you're going to make a statement, this is the time to do it.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll then progress into the 11v11 match phase, where you’ll typically play around 30 minutes split across two halves.
Scouts will assess your:
- In-game leadership – talking to defenders, staying vocal
- Positioning and awareness – managing transitions and threats
- Distribution under pressure – starting play intelligently
- Shot-stopping and recovery speed
- Mental concentration – staying sharp with limited touches
- How you manage the full match context — including your role off the ball — is as important as your key saves.
Final Debrief & Pro-Level Insight
To finish, you’ll receive a motivational talk from your goalkeeper coach and a UK Football Trials director. Topics covered include:
- What professional and semi-pro clubs expect from goalkeepers
- Real examples of 17–24-year-old goalkeepers who have been signed
- What separates those who succeed — including mindset, training habits, and accountability
This is a no-nonsense summary of what it takes — from people who’ve worked with top-level clubs and players.
Your Games Are Filmed – For You to Analyse and Share
All 11-a-side matches for players aged 14–24 are recorded using VEO camera technology, and you will receive:
- A direct email link to your game
- Access to the footage on our official YouTube channel
- The option to download your match and use it for self-assessment or personal highlight reels
We strongly encourage subscribing to our channel to be notified when your footage goes live.
Self-Assessment: Watch, Reflect, Improve
As individual graded assessments are not provided at this age, your next step is to review your match footage critically:
- What did you do well technically, tactically, and mentally?
- Were you vocal? Did you make smart decisions?
- How did you recover from mistakes?
- Did you lead your back line effectively?
This self-analysis reflects the level of responsibility expected from serious players at your age.
Use Your Footage – Create a Highlight Reel
You’re welcome to use your match video to:
- Build a goalkeeper highlight reel
- Apply to clubs or semi-professional teams
- Support applications to football universities or private academies
Interested in continuing your football journey through education? Our sister company can provide free expert advice on the best football universities and private academy pathways in the UK and abroad.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after your trial, you’ll receive:
- Your official outcome email
- An email introduction to any scouts interested in following up
- Access to our exclusive learning hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
This platform provides advanced insight into the demands of the game — including how to improve and what next steps to take.
Final Thoughts
This is your opportunity to be seen — and take a serious step forward in your football journey.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note, you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
Train like a pro. Perform like a pro. Let’s help you get scouted.
30 Jul 2025
South London Football Trial @ Charlton Athletic Training Ground - 30th July 2025 - AM - Ages 11-13. Book now to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 11–13
A Real Opportunity to Be Seen by Scouts from Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is your chance to showcase your talent in front of 10–15 professional football scouts — including those from Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs — in a high-quality, 2-hour football trial designed for players aged 11–13.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re already playing at a high level or looking to take the next step, this event gives you a genuine opportunity to get seen by scouts, test yourself in a professional football environment, and learn from the experience — all without pressure.
What to Expect on the Day – 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 hour 15 Minutes – Pro-Level Training Drills
Your trial starts with 75 minutes of fast-paced, high-energy football drills led by our UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. These sessions mirror real professional academy environments — and scouts will be watching closely.
Scouts and coaches will be assessing:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Your communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and focus
- Your technical ability and athletic performance
This session is a live assessment, not a coaching session. You’ll get plenty of ball touches, limited stoppages, and a structured format that allows every player to be properly evaluated in a short time.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After the drills, you’ll play in small-sided games — the ideal setting for scouts to observe your game impact, awareness, and decision-making.
TOP TIPS – Scouts will be watching for:
- Movement on and off the ball, work rate, and stamina
- Ability to find and use space in tight areas
- Scanning, passing, and decision-making
- Communication, teamwork, and overall influence on the game
Don’t worry if there are bigger or older players — scouts always have your date of birth and assess players relative to age and potential, not just size or strength. Smaller, technically gifted players often shine just as brightly.
Key Advice: Show confidence, talk positively, and encourage others. Scouts love players who lead and stay upbeat from start to finish.
15 Minutes – Final Debrief and Pro Insight Talk
The session ends with an informative and inspiring talk from your coach and our UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear:
- General feedback about the session
- What it takes to become a professional footballer
- Real-life success stories from players aged 11–13 who’ve made it
This part is designed to help you understand the mindset and habits needed to keep progressing, whatever stage you’re at.
Individual Feedback – Graded Pro Club Assessment
Each player receives a graded A5 feedback card assessing 9 key areas of your game, completed by your coach on the day. This helps you:
- Identify your current level
- Understand your strengths
- Pinpoint areas to improve
This feedback has helped thousands of young players improve since 2012 — whether aiming for pro academies or simply wanting to develop and grow.
Remember: It’s based on what we see on the day — so while it’s valuable, your long-term development matters most. Use it to validate your progress and build on your game. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts, and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, which includes:
- Your official outcome from the event
- Next steps if you’ve been scouted
- Access to our exclusive new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If you're scouted, we’ll introduce you directly to the relevant scout via email and guide you through what comes next. If not, you’ll still gain valuable insights, personal feedback, and a clear plan for what to work on.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare like a pro and gain an edge before or after the trial? Our “Improve My Football” video training series offers 10+ hours of elite coaching content, designed to help you perform your best.
Includes:
- What scouts look for in each position
- Position-specific drills to practise at home
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
- Technical and tactical insights to raise your level
Available for just £29.99, this can be added at checkout or purchased separately via the “Success & Other” section of our website. Works on all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial! If you have any questions, feel free to call or email us. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help you enjoy the day, learn from the experience — and maybe take the next step toward your dream of becoming a professional footballer.
30 Jul 2025
South London Football Trial @ Charlton Athletic Training Ground - 30th July 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book now to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
30 Jul 2025
South London Football Trial @ Charlton Athletic Training Ground - 30th July 2025 - AM - Ages 17-24. Book now to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you
30 Jul 2025
South London Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Charlton Athletic Training Ground - 30th July 2025 - AM - Ages 11-13. Book now to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 11–13
A Real Chance for Young Goalkeepers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This event gives goalkeepers aged 11–13 the opportunity to work with a specialist goalkeeper coach, be assessed in a professional environment, and perform in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs.
As the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, UK Football Trials, in the last year alone, have had over 700 players scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
This trial is designed to help you show your skills, learn from the experience, and take an important step in your football journey.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Small Group Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
You’ll start the trial in a small group, working with a dedicated goalkeeper coach who has experience training players at academy or professional levels. This part of the session is all about showcasing the key areas of your game.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot-stopping – reactions, positioning, footwork
- Distribution – both short and long range, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – especially under pressure
- Confidence and presence – are you calm, brave, and alert?
- Communication – do you organise your defence clearly and at the right times?
This is not a goalkeeping lesson — it’s a structured assessment, designed to let you show how you handle different goalkeeping scenarios in a controlled, professional setting.
30 Minutes – Match Involvement in Small-Sided Games
After your training session, you’ll join in with the outfield players from your age group for small-sided matches. This gives scouts a chance to see how you perform in live match situations.
Key areas goalkeepers are assessed on during match play:
- Communication – giving clear, confident instructions
- Decision-making – when to come out, when to hold
- Awareness – anticipating play, positioning early
- Distribution – starting counterattacks, calming play down
- Leadership – staying vocal, staying positive, and encouraging teammates
This part of the trial is where many goalkeepers are noticed — not just for making saves, but for how they manage the game, lead their team, and react under pressure.
15 Minutes – Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
The trial finishes with a short talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear about:
- What scouts are looking for in goalkeepers your age
- Real examples of 11–13-year-old keepers who have been signed through our events
- What makes a young goalkeeper stand out — including attitude, mindset, and off-the-ball behaviour
This talk is designed to leave you informed, inspired, and ready to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Graded Goalkeeper Assessment
On the day, you’ll receive a graded A5 feedback card, with scores across 10 key goalkeeping areas, including distribution, communication, handling, bravery, and more.
This helps you:
- Understand your current level
- See what you're doing well
- Identify areas to improve going forward
This type of professional feedback is rare at this age — and it’s helped many young goalkeepers take big steps forward.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player receives a follow-up email containing:
- Your official outcome
- A direct introduction to any scouts interested in you
- Access to our exclusive development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you aren’t scouted, the value of this day is in the insight, feedback, and new motivation you’ll gain.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your goalkeeper trial with UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact us — just remember, you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
Give your best, be vocal, show your confidence — and enjoy this unique opportunity to be seen by professional scouts.
30 Jul 2025
South London Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Charlton Athletic Training Ground - 30th July 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Only 3 Spaces Left - HURRY!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
30 Jul 2025
South London Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Charlton Athletic Training Ground - 30th July 2025 - AM - Ages 17-24. Book now to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 17–24
A Career-Focused Goalkeeper Trial in Front of Professional Scouts
This 3-hour football trial is specifically designed for aspiring goalkeepers aged 17 to 24 who are serious about breaking into professional or semi-professional football, returning after a setback, or gaining vital exposure to top-level clubs.
You’ll train with a specialist goalkeeper coach, then join outfield players for live crossing and shooting drills, followed by full 11v11 match play — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful independent football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
This event is structured to reflect the demands of the modern game — fast-paced, high pressure, and built to test you.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Assessment Session
Your trial starts with an intense session run by a professional GK coach, usually someone with academy or elite-level experience. You’ll be tested in small groups to showcase your technical quality, decision-making, and physical presence.
Scouts and coaches will evaluate:
- Shot-stopping – angles, reactions, one-on-ones
- Distribution – kicking, throwing, and decision-making under pressure
- Handling and footwork – consistency and confidence
- Vocal communication – timing, clarity, leadership
- Composure and mindset – how you handle the spotlight
This is an assessment, not a training session — expect constant movement and intensity as you’re evaluated across the full spectrum of goalkeeper performance.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Phase
After the goalkeeper-specific drills, you’ll move into a busy, high-tempo session with your age group’s outfield players. You’ll face a large volume of shots, crosses, and attacking combinations — all under real pressure.
This is a key part of the trial, where many goalkeepers are noticed. Scouts are watching closely to see how you:
- Command the box under pressure
- Make key saves in tight spaces
- React to rebounds and aerial balls
- Communicate, recover, and stay engaged
- Stay mentally sharp across multiple sequences
If you're going to make a statement, this is the time to do it.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll then progress into the 11v11 match phase, where you’ll typically play around 30 minutes split across two halves.
Scouts will assess your:
- In-game leadership – talking to defenders, staying vocal
- Positioning and awareness – managing transitions and threats
- Distribution under pressure – starting play intelligently
- Shot-stopping and recovery speed
- Mental concentration – staying sharp with limited touches
- How you manage the full match context — including your role off the ball — is as important as your key saves.
Final Debrief & Pro-Level Insight
To finish, you’ll receive a motivational talk from your goalkeeper coach and a UK Football Trials director. Topics covered include:
- What professional and semi-pro clubs expect from goalkeepers
- Real examples of 17–24-year-old goalkeepers who have been signed
- What separates those who succeed — including mindset, training habits, and accountability
This is a no-nonsense summary of what it takes — from people who’ve worked with top-level clubs and players.
Your Games Are Filmed – For You to Analyse and Share
All 11-a-side matches for players aged 14–24 are recorded using VEO camera technology, and you will receive:
- A direct email link to your game
- Access to the footage on our official YouTube channel
- The option to download your match and use it for self-assessment or personal highlight reels
We strongly encourage subscribing to our channel to be notified when your footage goes live.
Self-Assessment: Watch, Reflect, Improve
As individual graded assessments are not provided at this age, your next step is to review your match footage critically:
- What did you do well technically, tactically, and mentally?
- Were you vocal? Did you make smart decisions?
- How did you recover from mistakes?
- Did you lead your back line effectively?
This self-analysis reflects the level of responsibility expected from serious players at your age.
Use Your Footage – Create a Highlight Reel
You’re welcome to use your match video to:
- Build a goalkeeper highlight reel
- Apply to clubs or semi-professional teams
- Support applications to football universities or private academies
Interested in continuing your football journey through education? Our sister company can provide free expert advice on the best football universities and private academy pathways in the UK and abroad.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after your trial, you’ll receive:
- Your official outcome email
- An email introduction to any scouts interested in following up
- Access to our exclusive learning hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
This platform provides advanced insight into the demands of the game — including how to improve and what next steps to take.
Final Thoughts
This is your opportunity to be seen — and take a serious step forward in your football journey.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note, you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
Train like a pro. Perform like a pro. Let’s help you get scouted.
30 Jul 2025
South London Football Trial @ Charlton Athletic Training Ground - 30th July 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Book now to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 11–13
A Real Opportunity to Be Seen by Scouts from Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is your chance to showcase your talent in front of 10–15 professional football scouts — including those from Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs — in a high-quality, 2-hour football trial designed for players aged 11–13.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re already playing at a high level or looking to take the next step, this event gives you a genuine opportunity to get seen by scouts, test yourself in a professional football environment, and learn from the experience — all without pressure.
What to Expect on the Day – 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 hour 15 Minutes – Pro-Level Training Drills
Your trial starts with 75 minutes of fast-paced, high-energy football drills led by our UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. These sessions mirror real professional academy environments — and scouts will be watching closely.
Scouts and coaches will be assessing:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Your communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and focus
- Your technical ability and athletic performance
This session is a live assessment, not a coaching session. You’ll get plenty of ball touches, limited stoppages, and a structured format that allows every player to be properly evaluated in a short time.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After the drills, you’ll play in small-sided games — the ideal setting for scouts to observe your game impact, awareness, and decision-making.
TOP TIPS – Scouts will be watching for:
- Movement on and off the ball, work rate, and stamina
- Ability to find and use space in tight areas
- Scanning, passing, and decision-making
- Communication, teamwork, and overall influence on the game
Don’t worry if there are bigger or older players — scouts always have your date of birth and assess players relative to age and potential, not just size or strength. Smaller, technically gifted players often shine just as brightly.
Key Advice: Show confidence, talk positively, and encourage others. Scouts love players who lead and stay upbeat from start to finish.
15 Minutes – Final Debrief and Pro Insight Talk
The session ends with an informative and inspiring talk from your coach and our UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear:
- General feedback about the session
- What it takes to become a professional footballer
- Real-life success stories from players aged 11–13 who’ve made it
This part is designed to help you understand the mindset and habits needed to keep progressing, whatever stage you’re at.
Individual Feedback – Graded Pro Club Assessment
Each player receives a graded A5 feedback card assessing 9 key areas of your game, completed by your coach on the day. This helps you:
- Identify your current level
- Understand your strengths
- Pinpoint areas to improve
This feedback has helped thousands of young players improve since 2012 — whether aiming for pro academies or simply wanting to develop and grow.
Remember: It’s based on what we see on the day — so while it’s valuable, your long-term development matters most. Use it to validate your progress and build on your game. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts, and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, which includes:
- Your official outcome from the event
- Next steps if you’ve been scouted
- Access to our exclusive new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If you're scouted, we’ll introduce you directly to the relevant scout via email and guide you through what comes next. If not, you’ll still gain valuable insights, personal feedback, and a clear plan for what to work on.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare like a pro and gain an edge before or after the trial? Our “Improve My Football” video training series offers 10+ hours of elite coaching content, designed to help you perform your best.
Includes:
- What scouts look for in each position
- Position-specific drills to practise at home
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
- Technical and tactical insights to raise your level
Available for just £29.99, this can be added at checkout or purchased separately via the “Success & Other” section of our website. Works on all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial! If you have any questions, feel free to call or email us. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help you enjoy the day, learn from the experience — and maybe take the next step toward your dream of becoming a professional footballer.
30 Jul 2025
South London Football Trial @ Charlton Athletic Training Ground - 30th July 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Only 7 Spaces Left - HURRY!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
30 Jul 2025
South London Football Trial @ Charlton Athletic Training Ground - 30th July 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. Book now to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you
30 Jul 2025
South London Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Charlton Athletic Training Ground - 30th July 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Only 3 Spaces Left - HURRY!

Goalkeepers – Ages 11–13
A Real Chance for Young Goalkeepers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This event gives goalkeepers aged 11–13 the opportunity to work with a specialist goalkeeper coach, be assessed in a professional environment, and perform in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs.
As the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, UK Football Trials, in the last year alone, have had over 700 players scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
This trial is designed to help you show your skills, learn from the experience, and take an important step in your football journey.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Small Group Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
You’ll start the trial in a small group, working with a dedicated goalkeeper coach who has experience training players at academy or professional levels. This part of the session is all about showcasing the key areas of your game.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot-stopping – reactions, positioning, footwork
- Distribution – both short and long range, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – especially under pressure
- Confidence and presence – are you calm, brave, and alert?
- Communication – do you organise your defence clearly and at the right times?
This is not a goalkeeping lesson — it’s a structured assessment, designed to let you show how you handle different goalkeeping scenarios in a controlled, professional setting.
30 Minutes – Match Involvement in Small-Sided Games
After your training session, you’ll join in with the outfield players from your age group for small-sided matches. This gives scouts a chance to see how you perform in live match situations.
Key areas goalkeepers are assessed on during match play:
- Communication – giving clear, confident instructions
- Decision-making – when to come out, when to hold
- Awareness – anticipating play, positioning early
- Distribution – starting counterattacks, calming play down
- Leadership – staying vocal, staying positive, and encouraging teammates
This part of the trial is where many goalkeepers are noticed — not just for making saves, but for how they manage the game, lead their team, and react under pressure.
15 Minutes – Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
The trial finishes with a short talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear about:
- What scouts are looking for in goalkeepers your age
- Real examples of 11–13-year-old keepers who have been signed through our events
- What makes a young goalkeeper stand out — including attitude, mindset, and off-the-ball behaviour
This talk is designed to leave you informed, inspired, and ready to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Graded Goalkeeper Assessment
On the day, you’ll receive a graded A5 feedback card, with scores across 10 key goalkeeping areas, including distribution, communication, handling, bravery, and more.
This helps you:
- Understand your current level
- See what you're doing well
- Identify areas to improve going forward
This type of professional feedback is rare at this age — and it’s helped many young goalkeepers take big steps forward.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player receives a follow-up email containing:
- Your official outcome
- A direct introduction to any scouts interested in you
- Access to our exclusive development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you aren’t scouted, the value of this day is in the insight, feedback, and new motivation you’ll gain.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your goalkeeper trial with UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact us — just remember, you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
Give your best, be vocal, show your confidence — and enjoy this unique opportunity to be seen by professional scouts.
30 Jul 2025
South London Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Charlton Athletic Training Ground - 30th July 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Only 3 Spaces Left - HURRY!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
30 Jul 2025
South London Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Charlton Athletic Training Ground - 30th July 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. SOLD OUT - Space in AM - HURRY!

Goalkeepers – Ages 17–24
A Career-Focused Goalkeeper Trial in Front of Professional Scouts
This 3-hour football trial is specifically designed for aspiring goalkeepers aged 17 to 24 who are serious about breaking into professional or semi-professional football, returning after a setback, or gaining vital exposure to top-level clubs.
You’ll train with a specialist goalkeeper coach, then join outfield players for live crossing and shooting drills, followed by full 11v11 match play — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful independent football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
This event is structured to reflect the demands of the modern game — fast-paced, high pressure, and built to test you.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Assessment Session
Your trial starts with an intense session run by a professional GK coach, usually someone with academy or elite-level experience. You’ll be tested in small groups to showcase your technical quality, decision-making, and physical presence.
Scouts and coaches will evaluate:
- Shot-stopping – angles, reactions, one-on-ones
- Distribution – kicking, throwing, and decision-making under pressure
- Handling and footwork – consistency and confidence
- Vocal communication – timing, clarity, leadership
- Composure and mindset – how you handle the spotlight
This is an assessment, not a training session — expect constant movement and intensity as you’re evaluated across the full spectrum of goalkeeper performance.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Phase
After the goalkeeper-specific drills, you’ll move into a busy, high-tempo session with your age group’s outfield players. You’ll face a large volume of shots, crosses, and attacking combinations — all under real pressure.
This is a key part of the trial, where many goalkeepers are noticed. Scouts are watching closely to see how you:
- Command the box under pressure
- Make key saves in tight spaces
- React to rebounds and aerial balls
- Communicate, recover, and stay engaged
- Stay mentally sharp across multiple sequences
If you're going to make a statement, this is the time to do it.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll then progress into the 11v11 match phase, where you’ll typically play around 30 minutes split across two halves.
Scouts will assess your:
- In-game leadership – talking to defenders, staying vocal
- Positioning and awareness – managing transitions and threats
- Distribution under pressure – starting play intelligently
- Shot-stopping and recovery speed
- Mental concentration – staying sharp with limited touches
- How you manage the full match context — including your role off the ball — is as important as your key saves.
Final Debrief & Pro-Level Insight
To finish, you’ll receive a motivational talk from your goalkeeper coach and a UK Football Trials director. Topics covered include:
- What professional and semi-pro clubs expect from goalkeepers
- Real examples of 17–24-year-old goalkeepers who have been signed
- What separates those who succeed — including mindset, training habits, and accountability
This is a no-nonsense summary of what it takes — from people who’ve worked with top-level clubs and players.
Your Games Are Filmed – For You to Analyse and Share
All 11-a-side matches for players aged 14–24 are recorded using VEO camera technology, and you will receive:
- A direct email link to your game
- Access to the footage on our official YouTube channel
- The option to download your match and use it for self-assessment or personal highlight reels
We strongly encourage subscribing to our channel to be notified when your footage goes live.
Self-Assessment: Watch, Reflect, Improve
As individual graded assessments are not provided at this age, your next step is to review your match footage critically:
- What did you do well technically, tactically, and mentally?
- Were you vocal? Did you make smart decisions?
- How did you recover from mistakes?
- Did you lead your back line effectively?
This self-analysis reflects the level of responsibility expected from serious players at your age.
Use Your Footage – Create a Highlight Reel
You’re welcome to use your match video to:
- Build a goalkeeper highlight reel
- Apply to clubs or semi-professional teams
- Support applications to football universities or private academies
Interested in continuing your football journey through education? Our sister company can provide free expert advice on the best football universities and private academy pathways in the UK and abroad.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after your trial, you’ll receive:
- Your official outcome email
- An email introduction to any scouts interested in following up
- Access to our exclusive learning hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
This platform provides advanced insight into the demands of the game — including how to improve and what next steps to take.
Final Thoughts
This is your opportunity to be seen — and take a serious step forward in your football journey.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note, you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
Train like a pro. Perform like a pro. Let’s help you get scouted.
04 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 4th to August 8th - 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - Ages 11 to 13. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation! SOLD OUT – Space the next Week! Please Call us on +44 7366 103133 to check availability.

1 Payment
SAVE £100!
Sold Out3 Payments
ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
04 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 4th to August 8th - 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - Ages 14 to 15. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation! SOLD OUT – Space the next Week! Please Call us on +44 7366 103133 to check availability.

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
04 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 4th to August 8th - 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - Ages 16 to 17. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation! SOLD OUT – Space the next Week! Please Call us on +44 7366 103133 to check availability.

1 Payment
SAVE £100!
Sold Out3 Payments
ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
04 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 4th to August 8th - 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - Ages 18 to 24. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation! SOLD OUT – Space the next Week! Please Call us on +44 7366 103133 to check availability.

1 Payment
SAVE £100!
Sold Out3 Payments
ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
04 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 4th to August 8th - 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - AGES 11 to 24 years old - Accommodation NOT Included. ONLY 3 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

1 Payment
SAVE £49!
Sold Out3 Payments
ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX. This is a NON - Residential option for ages 11 to 24 years old.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
This option allows players to arrive on site from 8am and depart any time from 5pm - we are flexible on pick up and drop off arrangements. Feel free to call us on 07366103133 if you would like to get more information.
Players experience the camp without the overnight stay part, however they can have both lunch and dinner meals if they wish. We will provide a room where players can change through the course of the day and shower between sessions if they need to.
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for camps is 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
04 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 4th to 8th August - 2025 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - Ages 11 to 13. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation! SOLD OUT – Space the next Week! Please Call us on +44 7366 103133 to check availability.

1 Payment
SAVE £100!
Sold Out3 Payments
' A Truly Exceptional Experience '
"Extremely well run. Great service, from booking through to leaving on the last day. The whole team make it very easy to navigate. Fantastic facilities. Extremely friendly staff who made the whole experience enjoyable. The coaching and sessions are well planned, thought out and executed very professionally. My son described it as the best week of his life. I could not recommend this enough. Whether he gets scouted or not, he left the week a much better player, and more importantly, much more aware and informed on the wholistic approach to development." Feefo Review August 2023 Camps.
ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class GOALKEEPER coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2023 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on +44 7366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
04 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 4th to 8th August - 2025 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - Ages 14 - 15. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation! SOLD OUT – Space the next Week! Please Call us on +44 7366 103133 to check availability.

1 Payment
SAVE £100!
Sold Out3 Payments
' A Truly Exceptional Experience '
"Extremely well run. Great service, from booking through to leaving on the last day. The whole team make it very easy to navigate. Fantastic facilities. Extremely friendly staff who made the whole experience enjoyable. The coaching and sessions are well planned, thought out and executed very professionally. My son described it as the best week of his life. I could not recommend this enough. Whether he gets scouted or not, he left the week a much better player, and more importantly, much more aware and informed on the wholistic approach to development." Feefo Review August 2023 Camps.
ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class GOALKEEPER coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2023 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on +44 7366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
04 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 4th to 8th August - 2025 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - Ages 16 to 17. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation! SOLD OUT – Space the next Week! Please Call us on +44 7366 103133 to check availability.

1 Payment
SAVE £100!
Sold Out3 Payments
' A Truly Exceptional Experience '
"Extremely well run. Great service, from booking through to leaving on the last day. The whole team make it very easy to navigate. Fantastic facilities. Extremely friendly staff who made the whole experience enjoyable. The coaching and sessions are well planned, thought out and executed very professionally. My son described it as the best week of his life. I could not recommend this enough. Whether he gets scouted or not, he left the week a much better player, and more importantly, much more aware and informed on the wholistic approach to development." Feefo Review August 2023 Camps.
ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class GOALKEEPER coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2023 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on +44 7366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
04 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 4th to 8th August - 2025 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - Ages 18 to 24. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation! SOLD OUT – Space the next Week! Please Call us on +44 7366 103133 to check availability.

1 Payment
SAVE £100!
Sold Out3 Payments
' A Truly Exceptional Experience '
"Extremely well run. Great service, from booking through to leaving on the last day. The whole team make it very easy to navigate. Fantastic facilities. Extremely friendly staff who made the whole experience enjoyable. The coaching and sessions are well planned, thought out and executed very professionally. My son described it as the best week of his life. I could not recommend this enough. Whether he gets scouted or not, he left the week a much better player, and more importantly, much more aware and informed on the wholistic approach to development." Feefo Review August 2023 Camps.
ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class GOALKEEPER coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2023 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on +44 7366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
04 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 4th to August 8th 2024 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - AGES 11 to 24 years old - Accommodation NOT Included. ONLY 3 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

' A Truly Exceptional Experience '
"Extremely well run. Great service, from booking through to leaving on the last day. The whole team make it very easy to navigate. Fantastic facilities. Extremely friendly staff who made the whole experience enjoyable. The coaching and sessions are well planned, thought out and executed very professionally. My son described it as the best week of his life. I could not recommend this enough. Whether he gets scouted or not, he left the week a much better player, and more importantly, much more aware and informed on the wholistic approach to development." Feefo Review August 2023 Camps.
ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class GOALKEEPER coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2023 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on +44 7366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
11 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 11th to August 15th - 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - Ages 11 to 13. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. ONLY 8 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
11 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 11th to August 15th - 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - Ages 14 to 15. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. ONLY 6 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
11 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 11th to August 15th - 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - Ages 16 to 17. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. ONLY 7 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
11 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 11th to August 15th - 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - Ages 18 to 24. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. ONLY 5 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
11 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 11th to August 15th - 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - AGES 11 to 24 years old - Accommodation NOT Included. ONLY 3 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX. This is a NON - Residential option for ages 11 to 24 years old.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
This option allows players to arrive on site from 8am and depart any time from 5pm - we are flexible on pick up and drop off arrangements. Feel free to call us on 07366103133 if you would like to get more information.
Players experience the camp without the overnight stay part, however they can have both lunch and dinner meals if they wish. We will provide a room where players can change through the course of the day and shower between sessions if they need to.
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for camps is 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
11 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 11th to 15th August - 2025 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - Ages 11 to 13. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. ONLY 3 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

' A Truly Exceptional Experience '
"Extremely well run. Great service, from booking through to leaving on the last day. The whole team make it very easy to navigate. Fantastic facilities. Extremely friendly staff who made the whole experience enjoyable. The coaching and sessions are well planned, thought out and executed very professionally. My son described it as the best week of his life. I could not recommend this enough. Whether he gets scouted or not, he left the week a much better player, and more importantly, much more aware and informed on the wholistic approach to development." Feefo Review August 2023 Camps.
ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class GOALKEEPER coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2023 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on +44 7366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
11 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 11th to 15th August - 2025 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - Ages 14 - 15. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. ONLY 4 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

' A Truly Exceptional Experience '
"Extremely well run. Great service, from booking through to leaving on the last day. The whole team make it very easy to navigate. Fantastic facilities. Extremely friendly staff who made the whole experience enjoyable. The coaching and sessions are well planned, thought out and executed very professionally. My son described it as the best week of his life. I could not recommend this enough. Whether he gets scouted or not, he left the week a much better player, and more importantly, much more aware and informed on the wholistic approach to development." Feefo Review August 2023 Camps.
ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class GOALKEEPER coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2023 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on +44 7366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
11 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 11th to 15th August - 2025 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - Ages 16 to 17. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. ONLY 2 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

' A Truly Exceptional Experience '
"Extremely well run. Great service, from booking through to leaving on the last day. The whole team make it very easy to navigate. Fantastic facilities. Extremely friendly staff who made the whole experience enjoyable. The coaching and sessions are well planned, thought out and executed very professionally. My son described it as the best week of his life. I could not recommend this enough. Whether he gets scouted or not, he left the week a much better player, and more importantly, much more aware and informed on the wholistic approach to development." Feefo Review August 2023 Camps.
ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class GOALKEEPER coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2023 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on +44 7366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
11 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 11th to 15th August - 2025 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - Ages 18 to 24. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. ONLY 2 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

' A Truly Exceptional Experience '
"Extremely well run. Great service, from booking through to leaving on the last day. The whole team make it very easy to navigate. Fantastic facilities. Extremely friendly staff who made the whole experience enjoyable. The coaching and sessions are well planned, thought out and executed very professionally. My son described it as the best week of his life. I could not recommend this enough. Whether he gets scouted or not, he left the week a much better player, and more importantly, much more aware and informed on the wholistic approach to development." Feefo Review August 2023 Camps.
ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class GOALKEEPER coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2023 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on +44 7366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
11 Aug 2025
5 Day Football Camp - August 11th to August 15th - 2025 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - AGES 11 to 24 years old - Accommodation NOT Included. ONLY 4 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

' A Truly Exceptional Experience '
"Extremely well run. Great service, from booking through to leaving on the last day. The whole team make it very easy to navigate. Fantastic facilities. Extremely friendly staff who made the whole experience enjoyable. The coaching and sessions are well planned, thought out and executed very professionally. My son described it as the best week of his life. I could not recommend this enough. Whether he gets scouted or not, he left the week a much better player, and more importantly, much more aware and informed on the wholistic approach to development." Feefo Review August 2023 Camps.
ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fuelled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience five days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer and have a genuine chance of getting an opportunity at a football club.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class GOALKEEPER coaching sessions each day.
- A Premier League video analyst, who watches and analyses your matches on day 1 and present his thoughts to you at the camp!
- A Premier League scout, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 4.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to master the inner game, boost confidence, and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There will be a team building session on day 2 to ensure there is incredible team spirit, great morale and group trust for the whole camp.
- On the final day, you will experience a full trial day in front of 25-30 scouts from Premier League to semi pro watching you play.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like this football camp, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2023 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on +44 7366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
We very much look forward to seeing you at one of our camps, so you can experience this unique opportunity to develop your game and get scouted.
With very best wishes,
All the team at UK Football Trials
16 Aug 2025
BRAND NEW - 2 day Training & Performance Camp. 16th & 17th August 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - Ages 11 to 13. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. BOOK NOW TO SAVE £50! ONLY 7 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fueled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience two days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions.
- Premier League scouts, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 2.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to boost confidence and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like our football camps, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
16 Aug 2025
BRAND NEW - 2 day Training & Performance Camp. 16th & 17th August 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - Ages 14 & 15. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. BOOK NOW TO SAVE £50! ONLY 7 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fueled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience two days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions.
- Premier League scouts, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 2.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to boost confidence and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like our football camps, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
16 Aug 2025
BRAND NEW - 2 day Training & Performance Camp. 16th & 17th August 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - Ages 16 & 17. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. BOOK NOW TO SAVE £50! ONLY 6 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fueled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience two days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions.
- Premier League scouts, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 2.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to boost confidence and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like our football camps, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
16 Aug 2025
BRAND NEW - 2 day Training & Performance Camp. 16th & 17th August 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - Ages 18 to 24. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. BOOK NOW TO SAVE £50! ONLY 8 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fueled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience two days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions.
- Premier League scouts, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 2.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to boost confidence and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like our football camps, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
16 Aug 2025
BRAND NEW - 2 day Training & Performance Camp. 16th & 17th August 2025 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - Ages 11 - 13. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. BOOK NOW TO SAVE £50! ONLY 3 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fueled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience two days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions.
- Premier League scouts, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 2.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to boost confidence and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like our football camps, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
16 Aug 2025
BRAND NEW - 2 day Training & Performance Camp. 16th & 17th August 2025 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - Ages 14 & 15. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. BOOK NOW TO SAVE £50! ONLY 4 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fueled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience two days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions.
- Premier League scouts, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 2.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to boost confidence and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like our football camps, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
16 Aug 2025
BRAND NEW - 2 day Training & Performance Camp. 16th & 17th August 2025 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - Ages 18 to 24. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. BOOK NOW TO SAVE £50! ONLY 4 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fueled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience two days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions.
- Premier League scouts, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 2.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to boost confidence and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like our football camps, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
16 Aug 2025
BRAND NEW - 2 day Training & Performance Camp. 16th & 17th August 2025 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - Age 16 & 17. Stay On Site with Food & Accommodation. BOOK NOW TO SAVE £50! ONLY 4 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fueled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience two days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions.
- Premier League scouts, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 2.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to boost confidence and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like our football camps, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
16 Aug 2025
BRAND NEW - 2 day Training & Performance Camp. 16th & 17th August 2025 - South of London - GOALKEEPERS - Ages 11 to 24. Accommodation not included. ONLY 4 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fueled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience two days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions.
- Premier League scouts, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 2.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to boost confidence and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like our football camps, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
16 Aug 2025
BRAND NEW - 2 day Training & Performance Camp. 16th & 17th August 2025 - South of London - OUTFIELD PLAYERS - Ages 11 to 24. Accommodation not included. ONLY 3 SPACES LEFT - HURRY!

ARDINGLY COLLEGE SUSSEX.
A stunning private school that provides a variety of superb facilities for all the players who attend our residential camps. It is recognised as a school with outstanding all-round sporting facilities, with a particular focus on football. It has 8 grass pitches, a huge astro turf pitch, excellent boarding houses and delicious food to keep our players very well fueled!
From the moment you arrive, you will receive a warm friendly welcome from our team. Our focus is on all aspects of football excellence, in a safe, positive and enjoyable environment, which means that all our players experience two days they will never forget.
Whether you are an elite player looking to progress to the next level in football at a professional club, or a player who enjoys the game, with bags of enthusiasm and a thirst for learning and improving, we create and provide the perfect environment for everyone to improve, progress and excel.
These are a great way to experience the finest coaching environment that UK football has to offer.
At these outstanding camps we provide:
- World class coaching sessions.
- Premier League scouts, who is on site each day to watch you and gives a Q & A session on day 2.
- You will have sports psychology sessions to learn how to boost confidence and learn about the daily routines of the very best players and the mindset of successful footballers.
- There is a full timetable of events and activities from 7 am wake up to lights out, to keep the players (and staff) busy and totally involved!
- We have established and trained an outstanding team of committed and experienced staff on site to help our players stay safe and happy 24 hours a day.
There is nothing in the world quite like our football camps, and we feel sure you will find your football has improved and you are personally inspired by this amazing experience! Please check out our independent Feefo reviews where the average score for August 2024 camps was 4.9 out of 5.
If there is anything you are not sure about that is not mentioned in the video, feel free to call our Bookings Manager Terry on 07366103133 or email us on info@ukfootballtrials.com and a member of the team will be delighted to help.
26 Aug 2025
Sheffield Football Trial @St Georges Park, Thorncliffe - August 26th - 2025 - AM - Ages 8-10. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

OUTFIELD – Ages 8–10
A Unique Opportunity for Young Footballers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This is your child’s chance to impress 10–15 professional and semi-professional football scouts — from Premier League to non-league clubs — in a high-quality, two-hour football trial.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
We’re passionate about helping young players get seen, improve, and enjoy the experience — no matter the outcome.
At our trials, there’s no pressure — only opportunity. The clubs attending genuinely want to find talented young players, and our entire team is dedicated to helping each participant give their best on the day.
What to Expect on the Day in the 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 Hour 15 Minutes – High-Intensity, Pro-Style Training
Players will begin with 75 minutes of engaging, high-energy drills delivered by top-level UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. This session mirrors a typical professional club academy training environment, giving scouts a chance to assess players in a realistic context.
TIPS! Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Listening skills and ability to follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and enthusiasm
- Overall technical and physical ability
This is not a coaching session — it’s a professional assessment, designed to maximise touches of the ball and reduce stoppages so every player can be properly evaluated by the club scouts and coaches.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Games
Next, players take part in small-sided matches, where they’ll have even more touches of the ball and greater opportunity to influence the game.
TOP TIPS! Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Movement on and off the ball, hard work and fitness.
- Use of tight spaces and awareness of space.
- Decision-making and vision / scanning.
- Match effectiveness and impact, including communication.
Players of different heights and physical development may be present, but all scouts have access to each player’s date of birth, and understand that physical size is not everything. Technical ability, intelligence, attitude, and potential are just as important.
Top Tip: Be confident, communicate, and encourage your teammates. Leadership and positivity make a big impression.
15 Minutes – Expert Debrief & Talk
The session ends with a 15-minute debrief where your coach will provide general feedback and discuss what it takes to become a professional footballer — including real stories of players in your age group who have made it and what made them successful.
Individual Feedback – Pro Club Graded Assessment
Every player receives an individual graded feedback A5 card, on 9 key areas of their game, filled in by your coach. This feedback helps players to see strengths and areas for improvement, and has helped thousands of young players track their development and reach higher levels of football since 2012. Remember – this is just based on what they see at the trial, so whilst we want to make it as accurate as possible – you know your game best, but new opinions can and do help you improve and validate areas you excel in. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
One week after the final trial of that week, by Friday at 8pm, all players will receive an email with:
- A formal outcome from the trial
- The follow-up process if you have been scouted
- BRAND NEW! Access to an exclusive website to help you develop, learn and improve – “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If your child is scouted, you will be introduced via email to the relevant club scout by our operations team to explore next steps. If not, the day still offers valuable experience, professional insight, and guidance for future progress.
BONUS: "Improve My Football" Video Series – £29.99
To help players prepare for trials and continue their development at home, we’ve created a powerful 10-hour online video training series: "Improve My Football". This is available on our website and can be purchased on its own or added during trial booking.
The series covers:
- What scouts look for in each position
- How to prepare mentally and physically
- Technical drills and football skills to practise at home
It’s compatible with all devices and designed for serious young players looking to improve.
We Look Forward to Seeing You
We’re excited to welcome you to a UK Football Trial! If you have any questions, please feel free to email or call us. (Please note: You must be 18 or older to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help your child enjoy the experience, learn from it, and maybe even take the next step towards a professional football career.
26 Aug 2025
Sheffield Football Trial @St Georges Park, Thorncliffe - August 26th - 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
26 Aug 2025
Sheffield Football Trial @St Georges Park, Thorncliffe - August 26th - 2025 - AM - Ages 17-24. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you
26 Aug 2025
Sheffield Goalkeeper Football Trial @St Georges Park, Thorncliffe - August 26th - 2025 - AM - Ages 8-10. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

OUTFIELD – Ages 8–10
A Unique Opportunity for Young Footballers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This is your child’s chance to impress 10–15 professional and semi-professional football scouts — from Premier League to non-league clubs — in a high-quality, two-hour football trial.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
We’re passionate about helping young players get seen, improve, and enjoy the experience — no matter the outcome.
At our trials, there’s no pressure — only opportunity. The clubs attending genuinely want to find talented young players, and our entire team is dedicated to helping each participant give their best on the day.
What to Expect on the Day in the 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 Hour 15 Minutes – High-Intensity, Pro-Style Training
Players will begin with 75 minutes of engaging, high-energy drills delivered by top-level UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. This session mirrors a typical professional club academy training environment, giving scouts a chance to assess players in a realistic context.
TIPS! Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Listening skills and ability to follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and enthusiasm
- Overall technical and physical ability
This is not a coaching session — it’s a professional assessment, designed to maximise touches of the ball and reduce stoppages so every player can be properly evaluated by the club scouts and coaches.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Games
Next, players take part in small-sided matches, where they’ll have even more touches of the ball and greater opportunity to influence the game.
TOP TIPS! Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Movement on and off the ball, hard work and fitness.
- Use of tight spaces and awareness of space.
- Decision-making and vision / scanning.
- Match effectiveness and impact, including communication.
Players of different heights and physical development may be present, but all scouts have access to each player’s date of birth, and understand that physical size is not everything. Technical ability, intelligence, attitude, and potential are just as important.
Top Tip: Be confident, communicate, and encourage your teammates. Leadership and positivity make a big impression.
15 Minutes – Expert Debrief & Talk
The session ends with a 15-minute debrief where your coach will provide general feedback and discuss what it takes to become a professional footballer — including real stories of players in your age group who have made it and what made them successful.
Individual Feedback – Pro Club Graded Assessment
Every player receives an individual graded feedback A5 card, on 9 key areas of their game, filled in by your coach. This feedback helps players to see strengths and areas for improvement, and has helped thousands of young players track their development and reach higher levels of football since 2012. Remember – this is just based on what they see at the trial, so whilst we want to make it as accurate as possible – you know your game best, but new opinions can and do help you improve and validate areas you excel in. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
One week after the final trial of that week, by Friday at 8pm, all players will receive an email with:
- A formal outcome from the trial
- The follow-up process if you have been scouted
- BRAND NEW! Access to an exclusive website to help you develop, learn and improve – “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If your child is scouted, you will be introduced via email to the relevant club scout by our operations team to explore next steps. If not, the day still offers valuable experience, professional insight, and guidance for future progress.
BONUS: "Improve My Football" Video Series – £29.99
To help players prepare for trials and continue their development at home, we’ve created a powerful 10-hour online video training series: "Improve My Football". This is available on our website and can be purchased on its own or added during trial booking.
The series covers:
- What scouts look for in each position
- How to prepare mentally and physically
- Technical drills and football skills to practise at home
It’s compatible with all devices and designed for serious young players looking to improve.
We Look Forward to Seeing You
We’re excited to welcome you to a UK Football Trial! If you have any questions, please feel free to email or call us. (Please note: You must be 18 or older to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help your child enjoy the experience, learn from it, and maybe even take the next step towards a professional football career.
26 Aug 2025
Sheffield Goalkeeper Football Trial @St Georges Park, Thorncliffe - August 26th - 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
26 Aug 2025
Sheffield Goalkeeper Football Trial @St Georges Park, Thorncliffe - August 26th - 2025 - AM - Ages 17-24. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 17–24
A Career-Focused Goalkeeper Trial in Front of Professional Scouts
This 3-hour football trial is specifically designed for aspiring goalkeepers aged 17 to 24 who are serious about breaking into professional or semi-professional football, returning after a setback, or gaining vital exposure to top-level clubs.
You’ll train with a specialist goalkeeper coach, then join outfield players for live crossing and shooting drills, followed by full 11v11 match play — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful independent football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
This event is structured to reflect the demands of the modern game — fast-paced, high pressure, and built to test you.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Assessment Session
Your trial starts with an intense session run by a professional GK coach, usually someone with academy or elite-level experience. You’ll be tested in small groups to showcase your technical quality, decision-making, and physical presence.
Scouts and coaches will evaluate:
- Shot-stopping – angles, reactions, one-on-ones
- Distribution – kicking, throwing, and decision-making under pressure
- Handling and footwork – consistency and confidence
- Vocal communication – timing, clarity, leadership
- Composure and mindset – how you handle the spotlight
This is an assessment, not a training session — expect constant movement and intensity as you’re evaluated across the full spectrum of goalkeeper performance.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Phase
After the goalkeeper-specific drills, you’ll move into a busy, high-tempo session with your age group’s outfield players. You’ll face a large volume of shots, crosses, and attacking combinations — all under real pressure.
This is a key part of the trial, where many goalkeepers are noticed. Scouts are watching closely to see how you:
- Command the box under pressure
- Make key saves in tight spaces
- React to rebounds and aerial balls
- Communicate, recover, and stay engaged
- Stay mentally sharp across multiple sequences
If you're going to make a statement, this is the time to do it.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll then progress into the 11v11 match phase, where you’ll typically play around 30 minutes split across two halves.
Scouts will assess your:
- In-game leadership – talking to defenders, staying vocal
- Positioning and awareness – managing transitions and threats
- Distribution under pressure – starting play intelligently
- Shot-stopping and recovery speed
- Mental concentration – staying sharp with limited touches
- How you manage the full match context — including your role off the ball — is as important as your key saves.
Final Debrief & Pro-Level Insight
To finish, you’ll receive a motivational talk from your goalkeeper coach and a UK Football Trials director. Topics covered include:
- What professional and semi-pro clubs expect from goalkeepers
- Real examples of 17–24-year-old goalkeepers who have been signed
- What separates those who succeed — including mindset, training habits, and accountability
This is a no-nonsense summary of what it takes — from people who’ve worked with top-level clubs and players.
Your Games Are Filmed – For You to Analyse and Share
All 11-a-side matches for players aged 14–24 are recorded using VEO camera technology, and you will receive:
- A direct email link to your game
- Access to the footage on our official YouTube channel
- The option to download your match and use it for self-assessment or personal highlight reels
We strongly encourage subscribing to our channel to be notified when your footage goes live.
Self-Assessment: Watch, Reflect, Improve
As individual graded assessments are not provided at this age, your next step is to review your match footage critically:
- What did you do well technically, tactically, and mentally?
- Were you vocal? Did you make smart decisions?
- How did you recover from mistakes?
- Did you lead your back line effectively?
This self-analysis reflects the level of responsibility expected from serious players at your age.
Use Your Footage – Create a Highlight Reel
You’re welcome to use your match video to:
- Build a goalkeeper highlight reel
- Apply to clubs or semi-professional teams
- Support applications to football universities or private academies
Interested in continuing your football journey through education? Our sister company can provide free expert advice on the best football universities and private academy pathways in the UK and abroad.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after your trial, you’ll receive:
- Your official outcome email
- An email introduction to any scouts interested in following up
- Access to our exclusive learning hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
This platform provides advanced insight into the demands of the game — including how to improve and what next steps to take.
Final Thoughts
This is your opportunity to be seen — and take a serious step forward in your football journey.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note, you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
Train like a pro. Perform like a pro. Let’s help you get scouted.
26 Aug 2025
Sheffield Football Trial @St Georges Park, Thorncliffe - August 26th - 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 11–13
A Real Opportunity to Be Seen by Scouts from Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is your chance to showcase your talent in front of 10–15 professional football scouts — including those from Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs — in a high-quality, 2-hour football trial designed for players aged 11–13.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re already playing at a high level or looking to take the next step, this event gives you a genuine opportunity to get seen by scouts, test yourself in a professional football environment, and learn from the experience — all without pressure.
What to Expect on the Day – 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 hour 15 Minutes – Pro-Level Training Drills
Your trial starts with 75 minutes of fast-paced, high-energy football drills led by our UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. These sessions mirror real professional academy environments — and scouts will be watching closely.
Scouts and coaches will be assessing:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Your communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and focus
- Your technical ability and athletic performance
This session is a live assessment, not a coaching session. You’ll get plenty of ball touches, limited stoppages, and a structured format that allows every player to be properly evaluated in a short time.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After the drills, you’ll play in small-sided games — the ideal setting for scouts to observe your game impact, awareness, and decision-making.
TOP TIPS – Scouts will be watching for:
- Movement on and off the ball, work rate, and stamina
- Ability to find and use space in tight areas
- Scanning, passing, and decision-making
- Communication, teamwork, and overall influence on the game
Don’t worry if there are bigger or older players — scouts always have your date of birth and assess players relative to age and potential, not just size or strength. Smaller, technically gifted players often shine just as brightly.
Key Advice: Show confidence, talk positively, and encourage others. Scouts love players who lead and stay upbeat from start to finish.
15 Minutes – Final Debrief and Pro Insight Talk
The session ends with an informative and inspiring talk from your coach and our UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear:
- General feedback about the session
- What it takes to become a professional footballer
- Real-life success stories from players aged 11–13 who’ve made it
This part is designed to help you understand the mindset and habits needed to keep progressing, whatever stage you’re at.
Individual Feedback – Graded Pro Club Assessment
Each player receives a graded A5 feedback card assessing 9 key areas of your game, completed by your coach on the day. This helps you:
- Identify your current level
- Understand your strengths
- Pinpoint areas to improve
This feedback has helped thousands of young players improve since 2012 — whether aiming for pro academies or simply wanting to develop and grow.
Remember: It’s based on what we see on the day — so while it’s valuable, your long-term development matters most. Use it to validate your progress and build on your game. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts, and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, which includes:
- Your official outcome from the event
- Next steps if you’ve been scouted
- Access to our exclusive new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If you're scouted, we’ll introduce you directly to the relevant scout via email and guide you through what comes next. If not, you’ll still gain valuable insights, personal feedback, and a clear plan for what to work on.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare like a pro and gain an edge before or after the trial? Our “Improve My Football” video training series offers 10+ hours of elite coaching content, designed to help you perform your best.
Includes:
- What scouts look for in each position
- Position-specific drills to practise at home
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
- Technical and tactical insights to raise your level
Available for just £29.99, this can be added at checkout or purchased separately via the “Success & Other” section of our website. Works on all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial! If you have any questions, feel free to call or email us. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help you enjoy the day, learn from the experience — and maybe take the next step toward your dream of becoming a professional footballer.
26 Aug 2025
Sheffield Football Trial @St Georges Park, Thorncliffe - August 26th - 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
26 Aug 2025
Sheffield Football Trial @St Georges Park, Thorncliffe - August 26th - 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you
26 Aug 2025
Sheffield Goalkeeper Football Trial @St Georges Park, Thorncliffe - August 26th - 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 11–13
A Real Chance for Young Goalkeepers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This event gives goalkeepers aged 11–13 the opportunity to work with a specialist goalkeeper coach, be assessed in a professional environment, and perform in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs.
As the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, UK Football Trials, in the last year alone, have had over 700 players scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
This trial is designed to help you show your skills, learn from the experience, and take an important step in your football journey.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Small Group Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
You’ll start the trial in a small group, working with a dedicated goalkeeper coach who has experience training players at academy or professional levels. This part of the session is all about showcasing the key areas of your game.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot-stopping – reactions, positioning, footwork
- Distribution – both short and long range, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – especially under pressure
- Confidence and presence – are you calm, brave, and alert?
- Communication – do you organise your defence clearly and at the right times?
This is not a goalkeeping lesson — it’s a structured assessment, designed to let you show how you handle different goalkeeping scenarios in a controlled, professional setting.
30 Minutes – Match Involvement in Small-Sided Games
After your training session, you’ll join in with the outfield players from your age group for small-sided matches. This gives scouts a chance to see how you perform in live match situations.
Key areas goalkeepers are assessed on during match play:
- Communication – giving clear, confident instructions
- Decision-making – when to come out, when to hold
- Awareness – anticipating play, positioning early
- Distribution – starting counterattacks, calming play down
- Leadership – staying vocal, staying positive, and encouraging teammates
This part of the trial is where many goalkeepers are noticed — not just for making saves, but for how they manage the game, lead their team, and react under pressure.
15 Minutes – Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
The trial finishes with a short talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear about:
- What scouts are looking for in goalkeepers your age
- Real examples of 11–13-year-old keepers who have been signed through our events
- What makes a young goalkeeper stand out — including attitude, mindset, and off-the-ball behaviour
This talk is designed to leave you informed, inspired, and ready to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Graded Goalkeeper Assessment
On the day, you’ll receive a graded A5 feedback card, with scores across 10 key goalkeeping areas, including distribution, communication, handling, bravery, and more.
This helps you:
- Understand your current level
- See what you're doing well
- Identify areas to improve going forward
This type of professional feedback is rare at this age — and it’s helped many young goalkeepers take big steps forward.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player receives a follow-up email containing:
- Your official outcome
- A direct introduction to any scouts interested in you
- Access to our exclusive development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you aren’t scouted, the value of this day is in the insight, feedback, and new motivation you’ll gain.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your goalkeeper trial with UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact us — just remember, you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
Give your best, be vocal, show your confidence — and enjoy this unique opportunity to be seen by professional scouts.
26 Aug 2025
Sheffield Goalkeeper Football Trial @St Georges Park, Thorncliffe - August 26th - 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
26 Aug 2025
Sheffield Goalkeeper Football Trial @St Georges Park, Thorncliffe - August 26th - 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 17–24
A Career-Focused Goalkeeper Trial in Front of Professional Scouts
This 3-hour football trial is specifically designed for aspiring goalkeepers aged 17 to 24 who are serious about breaking into professional or semi-professional football, returning after a setback, or gaining vital exposure to top-level clubs.
You’ll train with a specialist goalkeeper coach, then join outfield players for live crossing and shooting drills, followed by full 11v11 match play — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful independent football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
This event is structured to reflect the demands of the modern game — fast-paced, high pressure, and built to test you.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Assessment Session
Your trial starts with an intense session run by a professional GK coach, usually someone with academy or elite-level experience. You’ll be tested in small groups to showcase your technical quality, decision-making, and physical presence.
Scouts and coaches will evaluate:
- Shot-stopping – angles, reactions, one-on-ones
- Distribution – kicking, throwing, and decision-making under pressure
- Handling and footwork – consistency and confidence
- Vocal communication – timing, clarity, leadership
- Composure and mindset – how you handle the spotlight
This is an assessment, not a training session — expect constant movement and intensity as you’re evaluated across the full spectrum of goalkeeper performance.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Phase
After the goalkeeper-specific drills, you’ll move into a busy, high-tempo session with your age group’s outfield players. You’ll face a large volume of shots, crosses, and attacking combinations — all under real pressure.
This is a key part of the trial, where many goalkeepers are noticed. Scouts are watching closely to see how you:
- Command the box under pressure
- Make key saves in tight spaces
- React to rebounds and aerial balls
- Communicate, recover, and stay engaged
- Stay mentally sharp across multiple sequences
If you're going to make a statement, this is the time to do it.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll then progress into the 11v11 match phase, where you’ll typically play around 30 minutes split across two halves.
Scouts will assess your:
- In-game leadership – talking to defenders, staying vocal
- Positioning and awareness – managing transitions and threats
- Distribution under pressure – starting play intelligently
- Shot-stopping and recovery speed
- Mental concentration – staying sharp with limited touches
- How you manage the full match context — including your role off the ball — is as important as your key saves.
Final Debrief & Pro-Level Insight
To finish, you’ll receive a motivational talk from your goalkeeper coach and a UK Football Trials director. Topics covered include:
- What professional and semi-pro clubs expect from goalkeepers
- Real examples of 17–24-year-old goalkeepers who have been signed
- What separates those who succeed — including mindset, training habits, and accountability
This is a no-nonsense summary of what it takes — from people who’ve worked with top-level clubs and players.
Your Games Are Filmed – For You to Analyse and Share
All 11-a-side matches for players aged 14–24 are recorded using VEO camera technology, and you will receive:
- A direct email link to your game
- Access to the footage on our official YouTube channel
- The option to download your match and use it for self-assessment or personal highlight reels
We strongly encourage subscribing to our channel to be notified when your footage goes live.
Self-Assessment: Watch, Reflect, Improve
As individual graded assessments are not provided at this age, your next step is to review your match footage critically:
- What did you do well technically, tactically, and mentally?
- Were you vocal? Did you make smart decisions?
- How did you recover from mistakes?
- Did you lead your back line effectively?
This self-analysis reflects the level of responsibility expected from serious players at your age.
Use Your Footage – Create a Highlight Reel
You’re welcome to use your match video to:
- Build a goalkeeper highlight reel
- Apply to clubs or semi-professional teams
- Support applications to football universities or private academies
Interested in continuing your football journey through education? Our sister company can provide free expert advice on the best football universities and private academy pathways in the UK and abroad.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after your trial, you’ll receive:
- Your official outcome email
- An email introduction to any scouts interested in following up
- Access to our exclusive learning hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
This platform provides advanced insight into the demands of the game — including how to improve and what next steps to take.
Final Thoughts
This is your opportunity to be seen — and take a serious step forward in your football journey.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note, you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
Train like a pro. Perform like a pro. Let’s help you get scouted.
28 Aug 2025
***Brand New*** Stadium Football Trial @ Brentwood F.C - Thursday 28th August 2025 - AM - Ages 8-10. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD – Ages 8–10
A Unique Opportunity for Young Footballers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This is your child’s chance to impress 10–15 professional and semi-professional football scouts — from Premier League to non-league clubs — in a high-quality, two-hour football trial.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
We’re passionate about helping young players get seen, improve, and enjoy the experience — no matter the outcome.
At our trials, there’s no pressure — only opportunity. The clubs attending genuinely want to find talented young players, and our entire team is dedicated to helping each participant give their best on the day.
What to Expect on the Day in the 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 Hour 15 Minutes – High-Intensity, Pro-Style Training
Players will begin with 75 minutes of engaging, high-energy drills delivered by top-level UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. This session mirrors a typical professional club academy training environment, giving scouts a chance to assess players in a realistic context.
TIPS! Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Listening skills and ability to follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and enthusiasm
- Overall technical and physical ability
This is not a coaching session — it’s a professional assessment, designed to maximise touches of the ball and reduce stoppages so every player can be properly evaluated by the club scouts and coaches.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Games
Next, players take part in small-sided matches, where they’ll have even more touches of the ball and greater opportunity to influence the game.
TOP TIPS! Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Movement on and off the ball, hard work and fitness.
- Use of tight spaces and awareness of space.
- Decision-making and vision / scanning.
- Match effectiveness and impact, including communication.
Players of different heights and physical development may be present, but all scouts have access to each player’s date of birth, and understand that physical size is not everything. Technical ability, intelligence, attitude, and potential are just as important.
Top Tip: Be confident, communicate, and encourage your teammates. Leadership and positivity make a big impression.
15 Minutes – Expert Debrief & Talk
The session ends with a 15-minute debrief where your coach will provide general feedback and discuss what it takes to become a professional footballer — including real stories of players in your age group who have made it and what made them successful.
Individual Feedback – Pro Club Graded Assessment
Every player receives an individual graded feedback A5 card, on 9 key areas of their game, filled in by your coach. This feedback helps players to see strengths and areas for improvement, and has helped thousands of young players track their development and reach higher levels of football since 2012. Remember – this is just based on what they see at the trial, so whilst we want to make it as accurate as possible – you know your game best, but new opinions can and do help you improve and validate areas you excel in. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
One week after the final trial of that week, by Friday at 8pm, all players will receive an email with:
- A formal outcome from the trial
- The follow-up process if you have been scouted
- BRAND NEW! Access to an exclusive website to help you develop, learn and improve – “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If your child is scouted, you will be introduced via email to the relevant club scout by our operations team to explore next steps. If not, the day still offers valuable experience, professional insight, and guidance for future progress.
BONUS: "Improve My Football" Video Series – £29.99
To help players prepare for trials and continue their development at home, we’ve created a powerful 10-hour online video training series: "Improve My Football". This is available on our website and can be purchased on its own or added during trial booking.
The series covers:
- What scouts look for in each position
- How to prepare mentally and physically
- Technical drills and football skills to practise at home
It’s compatible with all devices and designed for serious young players looking to improve.
We Look Forward to Seeing You
We’re excited to welcome you to a UK Football Trial! If you have any questions, please feel free to email or call us. (Please note: You must be 18 or older to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help your child enjoy the experience, learn from it, and maybe even take the next step towards a professional football career.
28 Aug 2025
***Brand New*** Stadium Football Trial @ Brentwood F.C - Thursday 28th August 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
28 Aug 2025
***Brand New*** Stadium Football Trial @ Brentwood F.C - Thursday 28th August 2025 - AM - Ages 17-24. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you
28 Aug 2025
***Brand New*** Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Brentwood F.C - Thursday 28th August 2025 - AM - Ages 8-10. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 8–10
A Unique Goalkeeper Trial Experience with Pro Club Scouts Watching
This is your child’s opportunity to train and be assessed by a specialist goalkeeper coach, before joining in match play in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional club scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than anyone else globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
We create an environment that’s welcoming and encouraging, with no pressure — only opportunity. Our aim is to help each young goalkeeper learn, improve, and be seen, while enjoying the experience every step of the way.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
Your trial begins in a small-group goalkeeper session run by a dedicated specialist GK coach — often someone with academy or pro-level experience. This session allows your child to show key areas of their game in a calm, structured, and focused environment.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot stopping – footwork, positioning, handling
- Distribution – throwing and kicking techniques, decision-making
- Communication – is the keeper talking clearly and confidently?
- Confidence and presence – do they command their area?
- Attitude and enthusiasm – energy, listening, effort
This is an assessment session, not a coaching class — so while your child will learn a lot, the main goal is for them to show what they can do under the eyes of professionals.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After training, goalkeepers join the outfield players in small-sided games, giving them a real match setting to show their skills.
Key areas scouts will focus on during the games:
- Communication – giving clear instructions to defenders
- Confidence under pressure – claiming crosses, being brave
- Awareness – reading the game and anticipating danger
- Distribution – starting attacks with good decisions
- Leadership – encouraging teammates and staying vocal
Even though it’s only 30 minutes, this part of the trial is extremely important — it’s where keepers can stand out by taking charge, reacting quickly, and making smart decisions in real-time situations.
15 Minutes – Feedback & Inspiration Talk
At the end of the trial, your child’s coach will deliver a short debrief and a motivational talk about what it takes to become a professional goalkeeper. They'll hear stories of young goalkeepers who have been signed through UK Football Trials, including:
- How they trained
- What made them stand out
- How they developed on and off the pitch
We aim to inspire young players to love the game and understand what they can do to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Goalkeeper Assessment Card
Every goalkeeper receives a graded A5 assessment card on the day, with scores across 10 core goalkeeping areas. This includes handling, distribution, communication, positioning, and more.
The assessment helps your child:
- Understand where they’re currently at
- Celebrate their strengths
- Learn what to work on moving forward
It’s a valuable snapshot of their game — and often helps build motivation and confidence.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
One week after the final trial of the week, you’ll receive an email by Friday at 8pm with:
- The official outcome of the trial
- A personal introduction to any scout who is interested
- Access to our brand-new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not your child is scouted, this trial is a chance to build confidence, gain professional feedback, and take important next steps in their development.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome your young goalkeeper to a UK Football Trial! If you have any questions, feel free to email or call our team. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact us directly.)
Let’s work together to help your child enjoy the experience, show their ability, and take an exciting step toward their football dreams.
28 Aug 2025
***Brand New*** Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Brentwood F.C - Thursday 28th August 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
28 Aug 2025
***Brand New*** Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Brentwood F.C - Thursday 28th August 2025 - AM - Ages 17-24. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 17–24
A Career-Focused Goalkeeper Trial in Front of Professional Scouts
This 3-hour football trial is specifically designed for aspiring goalkeepers aged 17 to 24 who are serious about breaking into professional or semi-professional football, returning after a setback, or gaining vital exposure to top-level clubs.
You’ll train with a specialist goalkeeper coach, then join outfield players for live crossing and shooting drills, followed by full 11v11 match play — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful independent football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
This event is structured to reflect the demands of the modern game — fast-paced, high pressure, and built to test you.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Assessment Session
Your trial starts with an intense session run by a professional GK coach, usually someone with academy or elite-level experience. You’ll be tested in small groups to showcase your technical quality, decision-making, and physical presence.
Scouts and coaches will evaluate:
- Shot-stopping – angles, reactions, one-on-ones
- Distribution – kicking, throwing, and decision-making under pressure
- Handling and footwork – consistency and confidence
- Vocal communication – timing, clarity, leadership
- Composure and mindset – how you handle the spotlight
This is an assessment, not a training session — expect constant movement and intensity as you’re evaluated across the full spectrum of goalkeeper performance.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Phase
After the goalkeeper-specific drills, you’ll move into a busy, high-tempo session with your age group’s outfield players. You’ll face a large volume of shots, crosses, and attacking combinations — all under real pressure.
This is a key part of the trial, where many goalkeepers are noticed. Scouts are watching closely to see how you:
- Command the box under pressure
- Make key saves in tight spaces
- React to rebounds and aerial balls
- Communicate, recover, and stay engaged
- Stay mentally sharp across multiple sequences
If you're going to make a statement, this is the time to do it.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll then progress into the 11v11 match phase, where you’ll typically play around 30 minutes split across two halves.
Scouts will assess your:
- In-game leadership – talking to defenders, staying vocal
- Positioning and awareness – managing transitions and threats
- Distribution under pressure – starting play intelligently
- Shot-stopping and recovery speed
- Mental concentration – staying sharp with limited touches
- How you manage the full match context — including your role off the ball — is as important as your key saves.
Final Debrief & Pro-Level Insight
To finish, you’ll receive a motivational talk from your goalkeeper coach and a UK Football Trials director. Topics covered include:
- What professional and semi-pro clubs expect from goalkeepers
- Real examples of 17–24-year-old goalkeepers who have been signed
- What separates those who succeed — including mindset, training habits, and accountability
This is a no-nonsense summary of what it takes — from people who’ve worked with top-level clubs and players.
Your Games Are Filmed – For You to Analyse and Share
All 11-a-side matches for players aged 14–24 are recorded using VEO camera technology, and you will receive:
- A direct email link to your game
- Access to the footage on our official YouTube channel
- The option to download your match and use it for self-assessment or personal highlight reels
We strongly encourage subscribing to our channel to be notified when your footage goes live.
Self-Assessment: Watch, Reflect, Improve
As individual graded assessments are not provided at this age, your next step is to review your match footage critically:
- What did you do well technically, tactically, and mentally?
- Were you vocal? Did you make smart decisions?
- How did you recover from mistakes?
- Did you lead your back line effectively?
This self-analysis reflects the level of responsibility expected from serious players at your age.
Use Your Footage – Create a Highlight Reel
You’re welcome to use your match video to:
- Build a goalkeeper highlight reel
- Apply to clubs or semi-professional teams
- Support applications to football universities or private academies
Interested in continuing your football journey through education? Our sister company can provide free expert advice on the best football universities and private academy pathways in the UK and abroad.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after your trial, you’ll receive:
- Your official outcome email
- An email introduction to any scouts interested in following up
- Access to our exclusive learning hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
This platform provides advanced insight into the demands of the game — including how to improve and what next steps to take.
Final Thoughts
This is your opportunity to be seen — and take a serious step forward in your football journey.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note, you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
Train like a pro. Perform like a pro. Let’s help you get scouted.
28 Aug 2025
***Brand New*** Stadium Football Trial @ Brentwood F.C - Thursday 28th August 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 11–13
A Real Opportunity to Be Seen by Scouts from Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is your chance to showcase your talent in front of 10–15 professional football scouts — including those from Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs — in a high-quality, 2-hour football trial designed for players aged 11–13.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re already playing at a high level or looking to take the next step, this event gives you a genuine opportunity to get seen by scouts, test yourself in a professional football environment, and learn from the experience — all without pressure.
What to Expect on the Day – 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 hour 15 Minutes – Pro-Level Training Drills
Your trial starts with 75 minutes of fast-paced, high-energy football drills led by our UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. These sessions mirror real professional academy environments — and scouts will be watching closely.
Scouts and coaches will be assessing:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Your communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and focus
- Your technical ability and athletic performance
This session is a live assessment, not a coaching session. You’ll get plenty of ball touches, limited stoppages, and a structured format that allows every player to be properly evaluated in a short time.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After the drills, you’ll play in small-sided games — the ideal setting for scouts to observe your game impact, awareness, and decision-making.
TOP TIPS – Scouts will be watching for:
- Movement on and off the ball, work rate, and stamina
- Ability to find and use space in tight areas
- Scanning, passing, and decision-making
- Communication, teamwork, and overall influence on the game
Don’t worry if there are bigger or older players — scouts always have your date of birth and assess players relative to age and potential, not just size or strength. Smaller, technically gifted players often shine just as brightly.
Key Advice: Show confidence, talk positively, and encourage others. Scouts love players who lead and stay upbeat from start to finish.
15 Minutes – Final Debrief and Pro Insight Talk
The session ends with an informative and inspiring talk from your coach and our UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear:
- General feedback about the session
- What it takes to become a professional footballer
- Real-life success stories from players aged 11–13 who’ve made it
This part is designed to help you understand the mindset and habits needed to keep progressing, whatever stage you’re at.
Individual Feedback – Graded Pro Club Assessment
Each player receives a graded A5 feedback card assessing 9 key areas of your game, completed by your coach on the day. This helps you:
- Identify your current level
- Understand your strengths
- Pinpoint areas to improve
This feedback has helped thousands of young players improve since 2012 — whether aiming for pro academies or simply wanting to develop and grow.
Remember: It’s based on what we see on the day — so while it’s valuable, your long-term development matters most. Use it to validate your progress and build on your game. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts, and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, which includes:
- Your official outcome from the event
- Next steps if you’ve been scouted
- Access to our exclusive new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If you're scouted, we’ll introduce you directly to the relevant scout via email and guide you through what comes next. If not, you’ll still gain valuable insights, personal feedback, and a clear plan for what to work on.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare like a pro and gain an edge before or after the trial? Our “Improve My Football” video training series offers 10+ hours of elite coaching content, designed to help you perform your best.
Includes:
- What scouts look for in each position
- Position-specific drills to practise at home
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
- Technical and tactical insights to raise your level
Available for just £29.99, this can be added at checkout or purchased separately via the “Success & Other” section of our website. Works on all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial! If you have any questions, feel free to call or email us. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help you enjoy the day, learn from the experience — and maybe take the next step toward your dream of becoming a professional footballer.
28 Aug 2025
***Brand New*** Stadium Football Trial @ Brentwood F.C - Thursday 28th August 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
28 Aug 2025
***Brand New*** Stadium Football Trial @ Brentwood F.C - Thursday 28th August 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you
28 Aug 2025
***Brand New*** Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Brentwood F.C - Thursday 28th August 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 11–13
A Real Chance for Young Goalkeepers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This event gives goalkeepers aged 11–13 the opportunity to work with a specialist goalkeeper coach, be assessed in a professional environment, and perform in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs.
As the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, UK Football Trials, in the last year alone, have had over 700 players scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
This trial is designed to help you show your skills, learn from the experience, and take an important step in your football journey.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Small Group Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
You’ll start the trial in a small group, working with a dedicated goalkeeper coach who has experience training players at academy or professional levels. This part of the session is all about showcasing the key areas of your game.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot-stopping – reactions, positioning, footwork
- Distribution – both short and long range, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – especially under pressure
- Confidence and presence – are you calm, brave, and alert?
- Communication – do you organise your defence clearly and at the right times?
This is not a goalkeeping lesson — it’s a structured assessment, designed to let you show how you handle different goalkeeping scenarios in a controlled, professional setting.
30 Minutes – Match Involvement in Small-Sided Games
After your training session, you’ll join in with the outfield players from your age group for small-sided matches. This gives scouts a chance to see how you perform in live match situations.
Key areas goalkeepers are assessed on during match play:
- Communication – giving clear, confident instructions
- Decision-making – when to come out, when to hold
- Awareness – anticipating play, positioning early
- Distribution – starting counterattacks, calming play down
- Leadership – staying vocal, staying positive, and encouraging teammates
This part of the trial is where many goalkeepers are noticed — not just for making saves, but for how they manage the game, lead their team, and react under pressure.
15 Minutes – Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
The trial finishes with a short talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear about:
- What scouts are looking for in goalkeepers your age
- Real examples of 11–13-year-old keepers who have been signed through our events
- What makes a young goalkeeper stand out — including attitude, mindset, and off-the-ball behaviour
This talk is designed to leave you informed, inspired, and ready to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Graded Goalkeeper Assessment
On the day, you’ll receive a graded A5 feedback card, with scores across 10 key goalkeeping areas, including distribution, communication, handling, bravery, and more.
This helps you:
- Understand your current level
- See what you're doing well
- Identify areas to improve going forward
This type of professional feedback is rare at this age — and it’s helped many young goalkeepers take big steps forward.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player receives a follow-up email containing:
- Your official outcome
- A direct introduction to any scouts interested in you
- Access to our exclusive development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you aren’t scouted, the value of this day is in the insight, feedback, and new motivation you’ll gain.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your goalkeeper trial with UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact us — just remember, you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
Give your best, be vocal, show your confidence — and enjoy this unique opportunity to be seen by professional scouts.
28 Aug 2025
***Brand New*** Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Brentwood F.C - Thursday 28th August 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
28 Aug 2025
***Brand New*** Stadium Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Brentwood F.C - Thursday 28th August 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 17–24
A Career-Focused Goalkeeper Trial in Front of Professional Scouts
This 3-hour football trial is specifically designed for aspiring goalkeepers aged 17 to 24 who are serious about breaking into professional or semi-professional football, returning after a setback, or gaining vital exposure to top-level clubs.
You’ll train with a specialist goalkeeper coach, then join outfield players for live crossing and shooting drills, followed by full 11v11 match play — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful independent football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
This event is structured to reflect the demands of the modern game — fast-paced, high pressure, and built to test you.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Assessment Session
Your trial starts with an intense session run by a professional GK coach, usually someone with academy or elite-level experience. You’ll be tested in small groups to showcase your technical quality, decision-making, and physical presence.
Scouts and coaches will evaluate:
- Shot-stopping – angles, reactions, one-on-ones
- Distribution – kicking, throwing, and decision-making under pressure
- Handling and footwork – consistency and confidence
- Vocal communication – timing, clarity, leadership
- Composure and mindset – how you handle the spotlight
This is an assessment, not a training session — expect constant movement and intensity as you’re evaluated across the full spectrum of goalkeeper performance.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Phase
After the goalkeeper-specific drills, you’ll move into a busy, high-tempo session with your age group’s outfield players. You’ll face a large volume of shots, crosses, and attacking combinations — all under real pressure.
This is a key part of the trial, where many goalkeepers are noticed. Scouts are watching closely to see how you:
- Command the box under pressure
- Make key saves in tight spaces
- React to rebounds and aerial balls
- Communicate, recover, and stay engaged
- Stay mentally sharp across multiple sequences
If you're going to make a statement, this is the time to do it.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll then progress into the 11v11 match phase, where you’ll typically play around 30 minutes split across two halves.
Scouts will assess your:
- In-game leadership – talking to defenders, staying vocal
- Positioning and awareness – managing transitions and threats
- Distribution under pressure – starting play intelligently
- Shot-stopping and recovery speed
- Mental concentration – staying sharp with limited touches
- How you manage the full match context — including your role off the ball — is as important as your key saves.
Final Debrief & Pro-Level Insight
To finish, you’ll receive a motivational talk from your goalkeeper coach and a UK Football Trials director. Topics covered include:
- What professional and semi-pro clubs expect from goalkeepers
- Real examples of 17–24-year-old goalkeepers who have been signed
- What separates those who succeed — including mindset, training habits, and accountability
This is a no-nonsense summary of what it takes — from people who’ve worked with top-level clubs and players.
Your Games Are Filmed – For You to Analyse and Share
All 11-a-side matches for players aged 14–24 are recorded using VEO camera technology, and you will receive:
- A direct email link to your game
- Access to the footage on our official YouTube channel
- The option to download your match and use it for self-assessment or personal highlight reels
We strongly encourage subscribing to our channel to be notified when your footage goes live.
Self-Assessment: Watch, Reflect, Improve
As individual graded assessments are not provided at this age, your next step is to review your match footage critically:
- What did you do well technically, tactically, and mentally?
- Were you vocal? Did you make smart decisions?
- How did you recover from mistakes?
- Did you lead your back line effectively?
This self-analysis reflects the level of responsibility expected from serious players at your age.
Use Your Footage – Create a Highlight Reel
You’re welcome to use your match video to:
- Build a goalkeeper highlight reel
- Apply to clubs or semi-professional teams
- Support applications to football universities or private academies
Interested in continuing your football journey through education? Our sister company can provide free expert advice on the best football universities and private academy pathways in the UK and abroad.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after your trial, you’ll receive:
- Your official outcome email
- An email introduction to any scouts interested in following up
- Access to our exclusive learning hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
This platform provides advanced insight into the demands of the game — including how to improve and what next steps to take.
Final Thoughts
This is your opportunity to be seen — and take a serious step forward in your football journey.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note, you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
Train like a pro. Perform like a pro. Let’s help you get scouted.
29 Aug 2025
Brand New Venue! Girls Only Football Trial @ Bury F.C - August 29th 2025 - AM - Ages 11-13. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 11–13
A Real Opportunity to Be Seen by Scouts from Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is your chance to showcase your talent in front of 10–15 professional football scouts — including those from Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs — in a high-quality, 2-hour football trial designed for players aged 11–13.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re already playing at a high level or looking to take the next step, this event gives you a genuine opportunity to get seen by scouts, test yourself in a professional football environment, and learn from the experience — all without pressure.
What to Expect on the Day – 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 hour 15 Minutes – Pro-Level Training Drills
Your trial starts with 75 minutes of fast-paced, high-energy football drills led by our UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. These sessions mirror real professional academy environments — and scouts will be watching closely.
Scouts and coaches will be assessing:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Your communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and focus
- Your technical ability and athletic performance
This session is a live assessment, not a coaching session. You’ll get plenty of ball touches, limited stoppages, and a structured format that allows every player to be properly evaluated in a short time.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After the drills, you’ll play in small-sided games — the ideal setting for scouts to observe your game impact, awareness, and decision-making.
TOP TIPS – Scouts will be watching for:
- Movement on and off the ball, work rate, and stamina
- Ability to find and use space in tight areas
- Scanning, passing, and decision-making
- Communication, teamwork, and overall influence on the game
Don’t worry if there are bigger or older players — scouts always have your date of birth and assess players relative to age and potential, not just size or strength. Smaller, technically gifted players often shine just as brightly.
Key Advice: Show confidence, talk positively, and encourage others. Scouts love players who lead and stay upbeat from start to finish.
15 Minutes – Final Debrief and Pro Insight Talk
The session ends with an informative and inspiring talk from your coach and our UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear:
- General feedback about the session
- What it takes to become a professional footballer
- Real-life success stories from players aged 11–13 who’ve made it
This part is designed to help you understand the mindset and habits needed to keep progressing, whatever stage you’re at.
Individual Feedback – Graded Pro Club Assessment
Each player receives a graded A5 feedback card assessing 9 key areas of your game, completed by your coach on the day. This helps you:
- Identify your current level
- Understand your strengths
- Pinpoint areas to improve
This feedback has helped thousands of young players improve since 2012 — whether aiming for pro academies or simply wanting to develop and grow.
Remember: It’s based on what we see on the day — so while it’s valuable, your long-term development matters most. Use it to validate your progress and build on your game. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts, and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, which includes:
- Your official outcome from the event
- Next steps if you’ve been scouted
- Access to our exclusive new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If you're scouted, we’ll introduce you directly to the relevant scout via email and guide you through what comes next. If not, you’ll still gain valuable insights, personal feedback, and a clear plan for what to work on.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare like a pro and gain an edge before or after the trial? Our “Improve My Football” video training series offers 10+ hours of elite coaching content, designed to help you perform your best.
Includes:
- What scouts look for in each position
- Position-specific drills to practise at home
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
- Technical and tactical insights to raise your level
Available for just £29.99, this can be added at checkout or purchased separately via the “Success & Other” section of our website. Works on all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial! If you have any questions, feel free to call or email us. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help you enjoy the day, learn from the experience — and maybe take the next step toward your dream of becoming a professional footballer.
29 Aug 2025
Brand New Venue! Girls Only Football Trial @ Bury F.C - August 29th 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
29 Aug 2025
Brand New Venue! Girls Only Football Trial @ Bury F.C - August 29th 2025 - AM - Ages 17-24. Book early to avoid disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you
29 Aug 2025
Brand New Venue! Girls Only Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Bury F.C - August 29th 2025 - AM - Ages 11-13. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 11–13
A Real Chance for Young Goalkeepers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This event gives goalkeepers aged 11–13 the opportunity to work with a specialist goalkeeper coach, be assessed in a professional environment, and perform in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs.
As the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, UK Football Trials, in the last year alone, have had over 700 players scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
This trial is designed to help you show your skills, learn from the experience, and take an important step in your football journey.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Small Group Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
You’ll start the trial in a small group, working with a dedicated goalkeeper coach who has experience training players at academy or professional levels. This part of the session is all about showcasing the key areas of your game.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot-stopping – reactions, positioning, footwork
- Distribution – both short and long range, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – especially under pressure
- Confidence and presence – are you calm, brave, and alert?
- Communication – do you organise your defence clearly and at the right times?
This is not a goalkeeping lesson — it’s a structured assessment, designed to let you show how you handle different goalkeeping scenarios in a controlled, professional setting.
30 Minutes – Match Involvement in Small-Sided Games
After your training session, you’ll join in with the outfield players from your age group for small-sided matches. This gives scouts a chance to see how you perform in live match situations.
Key areas goalkeepers are assessed on during match play:
- Communication – giving clear, confident instructions
- Decision-making – when to come out, when to hold
- Awareness – anticipating play, positioning early
- Distribution – starting counterattacks, calming play down
- Leadership – staying vocal, staying positive, and encouraging teammates
This part of the trial is where many goalkeepers are noticed — not just for making saves, but for how they manage the game, lead their team, and react under pressure.
15 Minutes – Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
The trial finishes with a short talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear about:
- What scouts are looking for in goalkeepers your age
- Real examples of 11–13-year-old keepers who have been signed through our events
- What makes a young goalkeeper stand out — including attitude, mindset, and off-the-ball behaviour
This talk is designed to leave you informed, inspired, and ready to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Graded Goalkeeper Assessment
On the day, you’ll receive a graded A5 feedback card, with scores across 10 key goalkeeping areas, including distribution, communication, handling, bravery, and more.
This helps you:
- Understand your current level
- See what you're doing well
- Identify areas to improve going forward
This type of professional feedback is rare at this age — and it’s helped many young goalkeepers take big steps forward.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player receives a follow-up email containing:
- Your official outcome
- A direct introduction to any scouts interested in you
- Access to our exclusive development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you aren’t scouted, the value of this day is in the insight, feedback, and new motivation you’ll gain.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your goalkeeper trial with UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact us — just remember, you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
Give your best, be vocal, show your confidence — and enjoy this unique opportunity to be seen by professional scouts.
29 Aug 2025
Brand New Venue! Girls Only Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Bury F.C - August 29th 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
29 Aug 2025
Brand New Venue! Girls Only Goalkeeper Football Trial @ Bury F.C - August 29th 2025 - AM - Ages 17-24. Book early to avoid disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 17–24
A Career-Focused Goalkeeper Trial in Front of Professional Scouts
This 3-hour football trial is specifically designed for aspiring goalkeepers aged 17 to 24 who are serious about breaking into professional or semi-professional football, returning after a setback, or gaining vital exposure to top-level clubs.
You’ll train with a specialist goalkeeper coach, then join outfield players for live crossing and shooting drills, followed by full 11v11 match play — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful independent football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
This event is structured to reflect the demands of the modern game — fast-paced, high pressure, and built to test you.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Assessment Session
Your trial starts with an intense session run by a professional GK coach, usually someone with academy or elite-level experience. You’ll be tested in small groups to showcase your technical quality, decision-making, and physical presence.
Scouts and coaches will evaluate:
- Shot-stopping – angles, reactions, one-on-ones
- Distribution – kicking, throwing, and decision-making under pressure
- Handling and footwork – consistency and confidence
- Vocal communication – timing, clarity, leadership
- Composure and mindset – how you handle the spotlight
This is an assessment, not a training session — expect constant movement and intensity as you’re evaluated across the full spectrum of goalkeeper performance.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Phase
After the goalkeeper-specific drills, you’ll move into a busy, high-tempo session with your age group’s outfield players. You’ll face a large volume of shots, crosses, and attacking combinations — all under real pressure.
This is a key part of the trial, where many goalkeepers are noticed. Scouts are watching closely to see how you:
- Command the box under pressure
- Make key saves in tight spaces
- React to rebounds and aerial balls
- Communicate, recover, and stay engaged
- Stay mentally sharp across multiple sequences
If you're going to make a statement, this is the time to do it.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll then progress into the 11v11 match phase, where you’ll typically play around 30 minutes split across two halves.
Scouts will assess your:
- In-game leadership – talking to defenders, staying vocal
- Positioning and awareness – managing transitions and threats
- Distribution under pressure – starting play intelligently
- Shot-stopping and recovery speed
- Mental concentration – staying sharp with limited touches
- How you manage the full match context — including your role off the ball — is as important as your key saves.
Final Debrief & Pro-Level Insight
To finish, you’ll receive a motivational talk from your goalkeeper coach and a UK Football Trials director. Topics covered include:
- What professional and semi-pro clubs expect from goalkeepers
- Real examples of 17–24-year-old goalkeepers who have been signed
- What separates those who succeed — including mindset, training habits, and accountability
This is a no-nonsense summary of what it takes — from people who’ve worked with top-level clubs and players.
Your Games Are Filmed – For You to Analyse and Share
All 11-a-side matches for players aged 14–24 are recorded using VEO camera technology, and you will receive:
- A direct email link to your game
- Access to the footage on our official YouTube channel
- The option to download your match and use it for self-assessment or personal highlight reels
We strongly encourage subscribing to our channel to be notified when your footage goes live.
Self-Assessment: Watch, Reflect, Improve
As individual graded assessments are not provided at this age, your next step is to review your match footage critically:
- What did you do well technically, tactically, and mentally?
- Were you vocal? Did you make smart decisions?
- How did you recover from mistakes?
- Did you lead your back line effectively?
This self-analysis reflects the level of responsibility expected from serious players at your age.
Use Your Footage – Create a Highlight Reel
You’re welcome to use your match video to:
- Build a goalkeeper highlight reel
- Apply to clubs or semi-professional teams
- Support applications to football universities or private academies
Interested in continuing your football journey through education? Our sister company can provide free expert advice on the best football universities and private academy pathways in the UK and abroad.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after your trial, you’ll receive:
- Your official outcome email
- An email introduction to any scouts interested in following up
- Access to our exclusive learning hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
This platform provides advanced insight into the demands of the game — including how to improve and what next steps to take.
Final Thoughts
This is your opportunity to be seen — and take a serious step forward in your football journey.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note, you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
Train like a pro. Perform like a pro. Let’s help you get scouted.
31 Oct 2025
Cardiff Football Trial @Cardiff University Sports Fields - October 31st 2025 - AM - Ages 11-13. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 11–13
A Real Opportunity to Be Seen by Scouts from Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is your chance to showcase your talent in front of 10–15 professional football scouts — including those from Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs — in a high-quality, 2-hour football trial designed for players aged 11–13.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re already playing at a high level or looking to take the next step, this event gives you a genuine opportunity to get seen by scouts, test yourself in a professional football environment, and learn from the experience — all without pressure.
What to Expect on the Day – 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 hour 15 Minutes – Pro-Level Training Drills
Your trial starts with 75 minutes of fast-paced, high-energy football drills led by our UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. These sessions mirror real professional academy environments — and scouts will be watching closely.
Scouts and coaches will be assessing:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Your communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and focus
- Your technical ability and athletic performance
This session is a live assessment, not a coaching session. You’ll get plenty of ball touches, limited stoppages, and a structured format that allows every player to be properly evaluated in a short time.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After the drills, you’ll play in small-sided games — the ideal setting for scouts to observe your game impact, awareness, and decision-making.
TOP TIPS – Scouts will be watching for:
- Movement on and off the ball, work rate, and stamina
- Ability to find and use space in tight areas
- Scanning, passing, and decision-making
- Communication, teamwork, and overall influence on the game
Don’t worry if there are bigger or older players — scouts always have your date of birth and assess players relative to age and potential, not just size or strength. Smaller, technically gifted players often shine just as brightly.
Key Advice: Show confidence, talk positively, and encourage others. Scouts love players who lead and stay upbeat from start to finish.
15 Minutes – Final Debrief and Pro Insight Talk
The session ends with an informative and inspiring talk from your coach and our UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear:
- General feedback about the session
- What it takes to become a professional footballer
- Real-life success stories from players aged 11–13 who’ve made it
This part is designed to help you understand the mindset and habits needed to keep progressing, whatever stage you’re at.
Individual Feedback – Graded Pro Club Assessment
Each player receives a graded A5 feedback card assessing 9 key areas of your game, completed by your coach on the day. This helps you:
- Identify your current level
- Understand your strengths
- Pinpoint areas to improve
This feedback has helped thousands of young players improve since 2012 — whether aiming for pro academies or simply wanting to develop and grow.
Remember: It’s based on what we see on the day — so while it’s valuable, your long-term development matters most. Use it to validate your progress and build on your game. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts, and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, which includes:
- Your official outcome from the event
- Next steps if you’ve been scouted
- Access to our exclusive new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If you're scouted, we’ll introduce you directly to the relevant scout via email and guide you through what comes next. If not, you’ll still gain valuable insights, personal feedback, and a clear plan for what to work on.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare like a pro and gain an edge before or after the trial? Our “Improve My Football” video training series offers 10+ hours of elite coaching content, designed to help you perform your best.
Includes:
- What scouts look for in each position
- Position-specific drills to practise at home
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
- Technical and tactical insights to raise your level
Available for just £29.99, this can be added at checkout or purchased separately via the “Success & Other” section of our website. Works on all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial! If you have any questions, feel free to call or email us. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help you enjoy the day, learn from the experience — and maybe take the next step toward your dream of becoming a professional footballer.
31 Oct 2025
Cardiff Football Trial @Cardiff University Sports Fields - October 31st 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
31 Oct 2025
Cardiff Football Trial @Cardiff University Sports Fields - October 31st 2025 - AM - Ages 17-24. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you
31 Oct 2025
Cardiff Goalkeeper Football Trial @Cardiff University Sports Fields - October 31st 2025 - AM - Ages 11-13. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 11–13
A Real Chance for Young Goalkeepers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This event gives goalkeepers aged 11–13 the opportunity to work with a specialist goalkeeper coach, be assessed in a professional environment, and perform in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs.
As the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, UK Football Trials, in the last year alone, have had over 700 players scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
This trial is designed to help you show your skills, learn from the experience, and take an important step in your football journey.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Small Group Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
You’ll start the trial in a small group, working with a dedicated goalkeeper coach who has experience training players at academy or professional levels. This part of the session is all about showcasing the key areas of your game.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot-stopping – reactions, positioning, footwork
- Distribution – both short and long range, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – especially under pressure
- Confidence and presence – are you calm, brave, and alert?
- Communication – do you organise your defence clearly and at the right times?
This is not a goalkeeping lesson — it’s a structured assessment, designed to let you show how you handle different goalkeeping scenarios in a controlled, professional setting.
30 Minutes – Match Involvement in Small-Sided Games
After your training session, you’ll join in with the outfield players from your age group for small-sided matches. This gives scouts a chance to see how you perform in live match situations.
Key areas goalkeepers are assessed on during match play:
- Communication – giving clear, confident instructions
- Decision-making – when to come out, when to hold
- Awareness – anticipating play, positioning early
- Distribution – starting counterattacks, calming play down
- Leadership – staying vocal, staying positive, and encouraging teammates
This part of the trial is where many goalkeepers are noticed — not just for making saves, but for how they manage the game, lead their team, and react under pressure.
15 Minutes – Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
The trial finishes with a short talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear about:
- What scouts are looking for in goalkeepers your age
- Real examples of 11–13-year-old keepers who have been signed through our events
- What makes a young goalkeeper stand out — including attitude, mindset, and off-the-ball behaviour
This talk is designed to leave you informed, inspired, and ready to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Graded Goalkeeper Assessment
On the day, you’ll receive a graded A5 feedback card, with scores across 10 key goalkeeping areas, including distribution, communication, handling, bravery, and more.
This helps you:
- Understand your current level
- See what you're doing well
- Identify areas to improve going forward
This type of professional feedback is rare at this age — and it’s helped many young goalkeepers take big steps forward.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player receives a follow-up email containing:
- Your official outcome
- A direct introduction to any scouts interested in you
- Access to our exclusive development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you aren’t scouted, the value of this day is in the insight, feedback, and new motivation you’ll gain.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your goalkeeper trial with UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact us — just remember, you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
Give your best, be vocal, show your confidence — and enjoy this unique opportunity to be seen by professional scouts.
31 Oct 2025
Cardiff Goalkeeper Football Trial @Cardiff University Sports Fields - October 31st 2025 - AM - Ages 14-16. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 14–16
A Real Opportunity to Impress Professional and Semi-Professional Scouts
This 3-hour goalkeeper trial is a fantastic opportunity for players aged 14–16 to train with a professional goalkeeper coach, face real strikers in live shooting drills, and then perform in full 11v11 matches — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the world’s largest and most successful football trials company, with more success stories than any other football trials organisation worldwide. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you're currently in an academy, have been released, or are simply ready to be seen, this event gives you a serious chance to prove your ability — with experienced coaches and scouts watching your every move.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Training
The trial starts with an intense, structured session led by a dedicated goalkeeper coach, typically someone with academy or professional experience.
You’ll be assessed across a wide range of goalkeeping fundamentals, including:
- Shot-stopping – footwork, angles, and reflexes
- Distribution – variety, accuracy, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – clean technique under pressure
- Communication – clear, loud, and confident commands
- Presence and confidence – are you in control of your area?
This isn’t a coaching session — it’s a professional-level assessment. You’ll be judged on your overall quality, decision-making, and game readiness.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Session with Outfield Players
After the goalkeeper-specific phase, you’ll join the outfield players from your age group for one of the most important phases of the trial: the crossing and finishing drills.
This is a busy, high-pressure 20-minute section where you’ll face a high volume of shots, crosses, and 1v1 situations — allowing you to:
- Show your reaction speed and positioning
- Demonstrate strong shot-stopping and aerial ability
- Prove your communication, courage, and confidence
Scouts pay very close attention to this part of the trial. It’s a golden opportunity to make a strong impression in live, game-like attacking situations.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll finish your trial by joining the full 11v11 match phase. Most goalkeepers will play for around 30 minutes, typically in two separate 15-minute periods.
Scouts and coaches will assess:
- Your ability to command your box and organise your back line
- Distribution under pressure — short and long options
- Match awareness and decision-making in real time
- Concentration, positioning, and leadership when out of possession
- Shot-stopping under full game conditions
This is your final opportunity to show how well you function as a goalkeeper in a real match — including your mindset, game understanding, and vocal presence.
Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
After the trial, your coach and a UK Football Trials director will deliver a short but powerful talk on:
- What scouts want from goalkeepers at this age
- Real examples of GKs aged 14–16 who have gone on to sign for clubs
- What separates goalkeepers who make it — including mental strength, training habits, and off-the-ball behaviours
This talk will leave you better informed and more motivated — whether you’ve been scouted or are still on the journey.
Your Games Are Filmed
All goalkeepers aged 14–24 will have their match performances filmed using VEO cameras. You’ll:
- Receive a direct email with a link to your match
- See the video uploaded to our official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
Be able to subscribe and get notified immediately when your game goes live
Analyse Your Performance
Use the footage to:
- Watch your positioning, shot-stopping, and communication
- Identify where you performed well and where you can improve
- Learn from your body language and game management
This is a powerful tool to help you develop as a goalkeeper.
Highlight Reel Access
You are encouraged to download and use the footage to build highlight reels for:
- Club applications
- Football universities or scholarship programmes
- Private football academies
Interested in football education pathways? Our sister company can advise you on the best football universities and private academies worldwide — with free expert guidance.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player will receive:
- Your official decision outcome
- A direct email introduction to any interested scout
- Access to our player development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether you're selected or not, the experience, footage, and insight are designed to help you move forward with confidence.
Final Thoughts
We’re looking forward to seeing you at your goalkeeper trial. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact us — you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
This is your moment. Show your confidence, lead your back line, and give it everything — your next opportunity could start here.
31 Oct 2025
Cardiff Goalkeeper Football Trial @Cardiff University Sports Fields - October 31st 2025 - AM - Ages 17-24. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 17–24
A Career-Focused Goalkeeper Trial in Front of Professional Scouts
This 3-hour football trial is specifically designed for aspiring goalkeepers aged 17 to 24 who are serious about breaking into professional or semi-professional football, returning after a setback, or gaining vital exposure to top-level clubs.
You’ll train with a specialist goalkeeper coach, then join outfield players for live crossing and shooting drills, followed by full 11v11 match play — all in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including those from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful independent football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
This event is structured to reflect the demands of the modern game — fast-paced, high pressure, and built to test you.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Specialist Goalkeeper Assessment Session
Your trial starts with an intense session run by a professional GK coach, usually someone with academy or elite-level experience. You’ll be tested in small groups to showcase your technical quality, decision-making, and physical presence.
Scouts and coaches will evaluate:
- Shot-stopping – angles, reactions, one-on-ones
- Distribution – kicking, throwing, and decision-making under pressure
- Handling and footwork – consistency and confidence
- Vocal communication – timing, clarity, leadership
- Composure and mindset – how you handle the spotlight
This is an assessment, not a training session — expect constant movement and intensity as you’re evaluated across the full spectrum of goalkeeper performance.
20 Minutes – Live Shooting & Crossing Drill Phase
After the goalkeeper-specific drills, you’ll move into a busy, high-tempo session with your age group’s outfield players. You’ll face a large volume of shots, crosses, and attacking combinations — all under real pressure.
This is a key part of the trial, where many goalkeepers are noticed. Scouts are watching closely to see how you:
- Command the box under pressure
- Make key saves in tight spaces
- React to rebounds and aerial balls
- Communicate, recover, and stay engaged
- Stay mentally sharp across multiple sequences
If you're going to make a statement, this is the time to do it.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
You’ll then progress into the 11v11 match phase, where you’ll typically play around 30 minutes split across two halves.
Scouts will assess your:
- In-game leadership – talking to defenders, staying vocal
- Positioning and awareness – managing transitions and threats
- Distribution under pressure – starting play intelligently
- Shot-stopping and recovery speed
- Mental concentration – staying sharp with limited touches
- How you manage the full match context — including your role off the ball — is as important as your key saves.
Final Debrief & Pro-Level Insight
To finish, you’ll receive a motivational talk from your goalkeeper coach and a UK Football Trials director. Topics covered include:
- What professional and semi-pro clubs expect from goalkeepers
- Real examples of 17–24-year-old goalkeepers who have been signed
- What separates those who succeed — including mindset, training habits, and accountability
This is a no-nonsense summary of what it takes — from people who’ve worked with top-level clubs and players.
Your Games Are Filmed – For You to Analyse and Share
All 11-a-side matches for players aged 14–24 are recorded using VEO camera technology, and you will receive:
- A direct email link to your game
- Access to the footage on our official YouTube channel
- The option to download your match and use it for self-assessment or personal highlight reels
We strongly encourage subscribing to our channel to be notified when your footage goes live.
Self-Assessment: Watch, Reflect, Improve
As individual graded assessments are not provided at this age, your next step is to review your match footage critically:
- What did you do well technically, tactically, and mentally?
- Were you vocal? Did you make smart decisions?
- How did you recover from mistakes?
- Did you lead your back line effectively?
This self-analysis reflects the level of responsibility expected from serious players at your age.
Use Your Footage – Create a Highlight Reel
You’re welcome to use your match video to:
- Build a goalkeeper highlight reel
- Apply to clubs or semi-professional teams
- Support applications to football universities or private academies
Interested in continuing your football journey through education? Our sister company can provide free expert advice on the best football universities and private academy pathways in the UK and abroad.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after your trial, you’ll receive:
- Your official outcome email
- An email introduction to any scouts interested in following up
- Access to our exclusive learning hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
This platform provides advanced insight into the demands of the game — including how to improve and what next steps to take.
Final Thoughts
This is your opportunity to be seen — and take a serious step forward in your football journey.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note, you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
Train like a pro. Perform like a pro. Let’s help you get scouted.
31 Oct 2025
Cardiff Football Trial @Cardiff University Sports Fields - October 31st 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 11–13
A Real Opportunity to Be Seen by Scouts from Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is your chance to showcase your talent in front of 10–15 professional football scouts — including those from Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs — in a high-quality, 2-hour football trial designed for players aged 11–13.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re already playing at a high level or looking to take the next step, this event gives you a genuine opportunity to get seen by scouts, test yourself in a professional football environment, and learn from the experience — all without pressure.
What to Expect on the Day – 2-Hour Structured Trial
1 hour 15 Minutes – Pro-Level Training Drills
Your trial starts with 75 minutes of fast-paced, high-energy football drills led by our UEFA Pro Licence or A Licence coaches. These sessions mirror real professional academy environments — and scouts will be watching closely.
Scouts and coaches will be assessing:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Your communication and teamwork
- Attitude, energy, and focus
- Your technical ability and athletic performance
This session is a live assessment, not a coaching session. You’ll get plenty of ball touches, limited stoppages, and a structured format that allows every player to be properly evaluated in a short time.
30 Minutes – Small-Sided Match Play
After the drills, you’ll play in small-sided games — the ideal setting for scouts to observe your game impact, awareness, and decision-making.
TOP TIPS – Scouts will be watching for:
- Movement on and off the ball, work rate, and stamina
- Ability to find and use space in tight areas
- Scanning, passing, and decision-making
- Communication, teamwork, and overall influence on the game
Don’t worry if there are bigger or older players — scouts always have your date of birth and assess players relative to age and potential, not just size or strength. Smaller, technically gifted players often shine just as brightly.
Key Advice: Show confidence, talk positively, and encourage others. Scouts love players who lead and stay upbeat from start to finish.
15 Minutes – Final Debrief and Pro Insight Talk
The session ends with an informative and inspiring talk from your coach and our UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear:
- General feedback about the session
- What it takes to become a professional footballer
- Real-life success stories from players aged 11–13 who’ve made it
This part is designed to help you understand the mindset and habits needed to keep progressing, whatever stage you’re at.
Individual Feedback – Graded Pro Club Assessment
Each player receives a graded A5 feedback card assessing 9 key areas of your game, completed by your coach on the day. This helps you:
- Identify your current level
- Understand your strengths
- Pinpoint areas to improve
This feedback has helped thousands of young players improve since 2012 — whether aiming for pro academies or simply wanting to develop and grow.
Remember: It’s based on what we see on the day — so while it’s valuable, your long-term development matters most. Use it to validate your progress and build on your game. Please also note that this is a coach score, there is no input from scouts, and it doesn’t indicate whether you may have been scouted or not.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, which includes:
- Your official outcome from the event
- Next steps if you’ve been scouted
- Access to our exclusive new online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
If you're scouted, we’ll introduce you directly to the relevant scout via email and guide you through what comes next. If not, you’ll still gain valuable insights, personal feedback, and a clear plan for what to work on.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare like a pro and gain an edge before or after the trial? Our “Improve My Football” video training series offers 10+ hours of elite coaching content, designed to help you perform your best.
Includes:
- What scouts look for in each position
- Position-specific drills to practise at home
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
- Technical and tactical insights to raise your level
Available for just £29.99, this can be added at checkout or purchased separately via the “Success & Other” section of our website. Works on all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial! If you have any questions, feel free to call or email us. (Please note: You must be 18 or over to contact our team directly.)
Let’s work together to help you enjoy the day, learn from the experience — and maybe take the next step toward your dream of becoming a professional footballer.
31 Oct 2025
Cardiff Football Trial @Cardiff University Sports Fields - October 31st 2025 - PM - Ages 14-16. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Ages 14–16
A Serious Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This 3-hour football trial is your chance to showcase your ability in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including those from Premier League, EFL, and top non-league clubs.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation globally. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
Whether you’re playing at academy level, grassroots, or simply seeking a serious opportunity to be seen, this trial is designed to simulate a real professional football environment — helping you experience the level, and potentially get scouted.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Technical & Tactical Assessment Drills
The trial starts with 100 minutes of high-intensity training, led by UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. These drills replicate an academy-style session and give scouts a clear view of your performance in a structured setting.
Scouts and coaches will be watching for:
- How well you listen and follow instructions
- Communication and teamwork
- Attitude, effort, and body language
- Overall technical quality, fitness, and football intelligence
This part of the trial is an assessment, not a coaching session. Expect few stoppages and high energy, as scouts evaluate how you handle the demands of an elite football setting.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split across two x 15-minute matches.
In this phase, your game effectiveness becomes the focus. Coaches and scouts evaluate your impact, positional awareness, and ability to adapt to a full-sided match environment.
Scouts will assess:
- How you impact the game in and out of possession
- Your ability to play in more than one position
- Work rate, desire, speed, and fitness
- Tactical awareness, positioning, and football IQ
Players who can stay switched on, show maturity, and demonstrate versatility are often the ones who catch the eye.
Debrief & Motivation Talk
After the trial, you’ll receive a closing talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. This includes:
- Key advice on what scouts are looking for at your age
- Real-life examples of players aged 14–16 who have signed through our events
- What it takes off the pitch — including training habits, nutrition, mindset, and commitment.
This session is designed to leave you inspired and educated — whether or not you’ve been scouted.
Your Games Are Filmed
All players aged 14–24 will have their 11v11 matches professionally recorded using VEO cameras. The footage is:
- Edited and uploaded to the UK Football Trials official YouTube channel
- Sent to you via email, with a direct link
Best viewed by subscribing to the channel to receive instant upload notifications
Personal Analysis
You’re encouraged to watch your match footage carefully and analyse your own performance:
- What did you do well?
- How did you perform off the ball?
- What areas can you improve?
Self-analysis is a vital part of becoming a better footballer — and this footage gives you the tools to do that properly.
Highlights & Showcase Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it in your personal highlight reels — whether for showcasing to clubs, or including in university/college football applications.
NOTE: If you're interested in the football-university or academy route, our sister company works with top football universities and private academies worldwide — and can offer free expert advice. Email us for more information on this!
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
You’ll receive an email by 8pm on the Friday after the final trial of the week, including:
- Your official decision from coaches and scouts
- An email introduction to any scout who wants to follow up with you
- A link to our exclusive online platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you're not scouted, this guide and your match footage provide exceptional value for self-development.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
Want to prepare before your trial or continue improving afterwards?
Our 10-hour online training series, Improve My Football, includes:
- What scouts want to see in each position
- Drills and home training ideas
- Mental preparation and leadership tips
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99 — add it during checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team — but please note: you must be aged 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is your moment — make the most of it. Let’s help you perform, learn, and take your next step toward becoming a professional footballer.
31 Oct 2025
Cardiff Football Trial @Cardiff University Sports Fields - October 31st 2025 - PM - Ages 17-24. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

OUTFIELD - Aged 17–24
A Genuine Opportunity to Get Scouted by Professional and Semi-Professional Clubs
This is a 3-hour elite-level football trial designed for serious players aged 17 to 24 who are aiming to play at the professional or semi-professional level, return to the game, or gain vital exposure to high-level clubs.
You’ll be seen by 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts, including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, National League, and top non-league sides.
UK Football Trials is the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, with more success stories than any other organisation. In the last year alone, over 700 players were scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events.
Whether you’re an academy graduate, ex-scholar, university player, grassroots standout or aspiring pro, this trial gives you a clear chance to showcase your ability — and be seen by the right people.
What to Expect – 3-Hour Trial Format
1 Hour 40 Minutes – Pro-Level Technical & Tactical Drills
Your trial begins with 100 minutes of intensive training, delivered by top-level UEFA Pro and A Licence coaches. This session mirrors the standards of a professional environment — testing your technical quality, adaptability, and mentality.
Scouts and coaches are assessing:
- Your application of instructions, speed of thought, and positional understanding
- Attitude, energy, and coachability
- Your ability to communicate and show leadership
- Overall technical execution and football intelligence
This phase is a live assessment, not a coaching session — with lots of ball work, minimal stoppages, and a clear focus on evaluating your game at a serious level.
1 Hour 15 Minutes – 11-a-Side Match Play
Players get around 30 minutes of game time, split into two x 15-minute matches.
The final part of the trial is where most scouting decisions are made — and your performance in the 11v11 matches is critical.
Scouts will be watching closely for:
- Your in-game impact on and off the ball
- Ability to adapt to different positions or formations
- Work rate, desire, fitness, and speed
- Game intelligence, tactical discipline, and team understanding
Players who show they can handle the tempo and pressure of a real match environment — and do the basics at a high level — are the ones most often followed up on.
Your Games Are Filmed
All 11v11 matches for players aged 14–24 are professionally recorded using VEO cameras:
- Footage is edited with score overlays
- Uploaded to the official UK Football Trials YouTube channel
- Players are emailed a direct link to their match
We recommend subscribing to the channel to be notified as soon as your video is live
Personal Performance Analysis
Watching your game footage after the trial is a key part of your development. We recommend every player:
- Reviews their match performance critically
- Identifies what they did well and what can improve
- Focuses on movement, decision-making, positioning, and communication
This level of self-analysis is expected of serious players and gives you the tools to progress beyond the trial itself.
Use the Footage – Create Highlight Reels
You are welcome to download your match footage and use it to create highlight reels or send to:
- Clubs and scouts
- University or scholarship programmes
- Football academies or overseas recruiters
NOTE! If you’re interested in football universities or private full-time academies, our sister company specialises in this and offers free expert advice to help guide your next steps.
After the Trial – What Happens Next?
By 8pm on the Friday following the last trial that week, all players receive a follow-up email including:
- Your official outcome and decision
- An email introduction to any interested scouts
- A link to our exclusive player support platform: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Whether or not you’re scouted, this guide and your match footage provide immense value — especially if you’re still chasing that breakthrough.
BONUS: “Improve My Football” Video Series – £29.99
This 10-hour online video course is a powerful resource to:
- Prepare before your trial
- Continue improving after the event
- Understand what scouts want in each position
- Learn how to train more efficiently and think like a pro
Available for a one-time purchase of £29.99. Add it at checkout or find it under the “Success & Other” tab on our website. Compatible with all devices.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your trial. If you have any questions, you can contact our team — but please note: you must be 18 or over to speak with us directly.
This is a serious football opportunity — show up prepared, give your best, and let’s see where it takes you!
31 Oct 2025
Cardiff Goalkeeper Football Trial @Cardiff University Sports Fields - October 31st 2025 - PM - Ages 11-13. Book Now To Avoid Disappointment!

Goalkeepers – Ages 11–13
A Real Chance for Young Goalkeepers to Be Seen by Professional Scouts
This event gives goalkeepers aged 11–13 the opportunity to work with a specialist goalkeeper coach, be assessed in a professional environment, and perform in front of 10–15 professional and semi-professional scouts — including representatives from the Premier League, Football League, and top non-league clubs.
As the largest and most successful football trials company in the world, UK Football Trials, in the last year alone, have had over 700 players scouted from events which was around 1 in 7 players who attended. We have hundreds of success stories on our social media channels and website which you can read for yourselves - including two players (Daniel Jebbison and Bade Aluko) who have played in the Premier League after being scouted through our events
This trial is designed to help you show your skills, learn from the experience, and take an important step in your football journey.
What to Expect – 2-Hour Goalkeeper Trial Format
1 Hour 15 Minutes – Small Group Goalkeeper Training & Assessment
You’ll start the trial in a small group, working with a dedicated goalkeeper coach who has experience training players at academy or professional levels. This part of the session is all about showcasing the key areas of your game.
Scouts and coaches will be observing:
- Shot-stopping – reactions, positioning, footwork
- Distribution – both short and long range, and decision-making
- Handling and catching – especially under pressure
- Confidence and presence – are you calm, brave, and alert?
- Communication – do you organise your defence clearly and at the right times?
This is not a goalkeeping lesson — it’s a structured assessment, designed to let you show how you handle different goalkeeping scenarios in a controlled, professional setting.
30 Minutes – Match Involvement in Small-Sided Games
After your training session, you’ll join in with the outfield players from your age group for small-sided matches. This gives scouts a chance to see how you perform in live match situations.
Key areas goalkeepers are assessed on during match play:
- Communication – giving clear, confident instructions
- Decision-making – when to come out, when to hold
- Awareness – anticipating play, positioning early
- Distribution – starting counterattacks, calming play down
- Leadership – staying vocal, staying positive, and encouraging teammates
This part of the trial is where many goalkeepers are noticed — not just for making saves, but for how they manage the game, lead their team, and react under pressure.
15 Minutes – Debrief & Goalkeeper Insight Talk
The trial finishes with a short talk from your coach and a UK Football Trials representative. You’ll hear about:
- What scouts are looking for in goalkeepers your age
- Real examples of 11–13-year-old keepers who have been signed through our events
- What makes a young goalkeeper stand out — including attitude, mindset, and off-the-ball behaviour
This talk is designed to leave you informed, inspired, and ready to keep improving.
Individual Feedback – Graded Goalkeeper Assessment
On the day, you’ll receive a graded A5 feedback card, with scores across 10 key goalkeeping areas, including distribution, communication, handling, bravery, and more.
This helps you:
- Understand your current level
- See what you're doing well
- Identify areas to improve going forward
This type of professional feedback is rare at this age — and it’s helped many young goalkeepers take big steps forward.
What Happens After the Trial?
By Friday at 8pm, one week after the final trial of the week, every player receives a follow-up email containing:
- Your official outcome
- A direct introduction to any scouts interested in you
- Access to our exclusive development hub: “How to Get Scouted & Improve – The Ultimate Guide”
Even if you aren’t scouted, the value of this day is in the insight, feedback, and new motivation you’ll gain.
Final Thoughts
We’re excited to welcome you to your goalkeeper trial with UK Football Trials. If you have any questions, feel free to contact us — just remember, you must be 18 or over to speak with our team directly.
Give your best, be vocal, show your confidence — and enjoy this unique opportunity to be seen by professional scouts.